Chevrolet 2014 Ss Sedan Owners Manual 00 Introduction_en_US 1..4

2015-03-09

: Chevrolet Chevrolet-2014-Ss-Sedan-Owners-Manual-590847 chevrolet-2014-ss-sedan-owners-manual-590847 chevrolet pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 422 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2014 Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual M
In Brief ........................ 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Keys, Doors, and
Windows .................... 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Roof..........................2-20
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-33
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Bluetooth Phone/Devices . . . . . 7-75
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-15
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-22
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-30
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-35
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-50
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2014 Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual M
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Index ..................... i-1
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Introduction iii
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, SS, and
the SS Emblem are trademarks
and/or service marks of General
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries,
affiliates, or licensors.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are
options that you did not purchase or
due to changes subsequent to the
printing of this owner manual.
Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of
the features found on your vehicle.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
{Danger
Text marked {Danger provides
information on risk of fatal injury.
Disregarding this information may
endanger life.
{Warning
Text marked {Warning provides
information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this
information may lead to injury.
{Caution
Text marked {Caution provides
information that may indicate a
hazard that could result in injury
or death. It could also result in
possible damage to the vehicle.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 22922170 A First Printing ©2013 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
iv Introduction
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,”or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M:This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
*:This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
9:Airbag Readiness Light
#:Air Conditioning
!:Antilock Brake System (ABS)
%:Audio Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar
®
(if equipped)
$:Brake System Warning Light
":Charging System
I:Cruise Control
B:Engine Coolant Temperature
O:Exterior Lamps
#:Fog Lamps
.:Fuel Gauge
+:Fuses
3:Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j:LATCH System Child
Restraints
*:Malfunction Indicator Lamp
::Oil Pressure
}:Power
/:Remote Vehicle Start
>:Safety Belt Reminders
7:Tire Pressure Monitor
d:Traction Control/StabiliTrak
®
M:Windshield Washer Fluid
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-1
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Heated and Ventilated
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-9
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-11
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Vehicle Features
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-13
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-15
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-17
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-18
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 1-19
OnStar
®
..................... 1-19
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-6.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on
page 6-3.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5-21.
3. Paddle Shifter Up. See Manual
Mode on page 9-24.
4. Cruise Control on page 9-32.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-44 (If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-40 (If
Equipped).
5. Instrument Cluster on page 5-7.
6. Horn on page 5-3.
7. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
8. Paddle Shifter Down. See
Manual Mode on page 9-24.
9. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3.
10. Ignition. See Ignition Positions
on page 9-15.
11. Solar Sensor. See Dual
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-1.
12. Infotainment. See Overview on
page 7-2.
13. Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
14. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10-4.
15. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-4.
16. Head-Up Display (HUD) on
page 5-23.
17. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5-2.
18. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats on page 3-6.
19. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9-22.
20. Electric Parking Brake on
page 9-27.
21. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
Front and Rear Parking Assist
Button. See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing
on page 9-36.
Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
Button (If Equipped). See
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing on
page 9-36.
22. Power Outlets on page 5-4
(Out of View).
23. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-1.
24. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6-3.
25. CD Player Eject Button.
SeeCD Player on page 7-32.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
The RKE transmitter can have one
of the two symbols for the remote
trunk release.
Press this button to extend the key.
The key can be used for all locks.
K:Press to unlock the driver door
or all doors.
Q:Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
Vor Y:Press and hold until
the trunk begins to move.
7:Press and release to initiate
vehicle locator. Press and hold for at
least three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. Press 7again to
cancel the panic alarm.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-5
/:Press Qand release and then
immediately press and hold /for
four seconds to start the engine
from outside the vehicle.
See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
Remote Vehicle Start
With this feature the engine can be
started from outside the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press and release Q.
3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold /for at
least four seconds or until the
turn signal lamps flash.
When the engine starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-8.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock the doors from the
outside:
.Press Qor Kon the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation on
page 2-3.
.Use the key in the driver door.
Turn the key toward the rear to
lock all doors. Turn the key
toward the front to unlock the
driver door. Turn the key again
toward the front to unlock all
doors.
To lock or unlock the doors from the
inside:
.Press Qor K.
.Push the door lock knob on the
top of the door to lock.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-6 In Brief
.Pull the door handle once to
unlock the door. Pulling the
handle again unlatches the door.
See Door Locks on page 2-10 or
Power Door Locks on page 2-11.
Windows
Press the switch down to open the
window. Pull the switch up to
close it.
The power windows only operate
with the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
or when Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9-18.
Express Window Operation
Windows with an express-down or
express-up feature allow the window
to be lowered or raised without
holding the switch. Pull a window
switch up or press it down all the
way, release it, and the window
goes up or down automatically. Stop
the window by pressing or pulling
the switch in the same direction a
second time, or by briefly operating
the switch to the first detent in either
direction.
See Power Windows on page 2-18.
Seat Adjustment
Power Seats
To adjust the seat:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
.Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-7
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-3.
Lumbar Adjustment
To increase or decrease lumbar
support, slide the switch forward or
rearward.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust the seatback:
.Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3-4.
Memory Features
The SET, "1," "2," and “3”buttons
on the driver door are used to
manually save and recall memory
settings for the driver seat and
outside mirrors. These manually
stored positions are referred to as
Button Memory positions.
See Memory Seats on page 3-5 and
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-8 In Brief
Heated and Ventilated
Seats
The buttons are below the air vents
on the center stack. To operate, the
engine must be running.
Press Lor Mto heat the driver or
passenger seat.
Press {or Cto ventilate the driver
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat
has a fan that pulls or pushes air
through the seat. The air is not
cooled.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats on page 3-6.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints on page 3-2
and Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-3.
Safety Belts
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly.
.Safety Belts on page 3-8.
.How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3-9.
.Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-10.
.Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-34.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-9
Passenger Sensing
System
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system. See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-20.
The passenger airbag status
indicator lights in the rearview mirror
are visible when the vehicle is
started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5-11.
Mirror Adjustment
Manual Rearview Mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror to view
the area behind the vehicle.
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it for nighttime use to
reduce glare.
Exterior Mirrors
To adjust the mirrors:
1. With the ignition on, press the
switch (2) to select the left or
right mirror.
2. Press the arrows (1) to adjust
the mirror.
3. Adjust the mirror to see a little of
the vehicle, and the area behind
the vehicle.
Keep the switch (2) in the center
when not adjusting the mirrors.
Folding Mirrors
Manually fold the mirrors inward to
prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash. To
fold, push the mirror toward the
vehicle. Push the mirror outward to
return it to its original position.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-10 In Brief
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or
down and in or out for a
comfortable position.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the tilt and telescope
lever while driving.
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The dome lamps are in the
overhead console.
+:Press to turn the lamp on
or off.
4:Press to automatically turn on
the lamps when a door is opened,
the vehicle is unlocked, or the
ignition is turned off.
Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
Press (or )to turn the lamp
on or off.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-11
The rear reading lamps are in the
headliner.
Press (or )to turn the lamp
on or off.
For more information on interior
lamps, see:
.Dome Lamps on page 6-4
.Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-4
Exterior Lighting
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O:Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
AUTO: Automatic operation of the
headlamps at normal brightness and
other exterior lamps.
;:Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5:Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
.Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1
.Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6-2
.Fog Lamps on page 6-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer
With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the lever to select the wiper
speed.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-12 In Brief
INT: Move the windshield wiper
lever to INT. Turn the xINT band
on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
8:For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down.
nL:Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3.
Climate Controls
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
this system.
1. Driver Temperature Control
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. Air Conditioning
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls
5. Front Defrost
6. ZONE
7. Passenger Temperature Control
8. Recirculation
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-13
9. Fan Control
10. Rear Window Defogger
See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-1.
Transmission
Automatic Transmission
P (Park)
R (Reverse)
N (Neutral)
D (Drive)
+ (Plus)/−(Minus): For Sport Shift
mode, move the shift lever to
D (Drive), then push to the right.
While in Sport Shift mode, move the
shift lever to the + (Plus) or −
(Minus) position to enable Active
Select mode.
See Automatic Transmission on
page 9-22.
Vehicle Features
Steering Wheel Controls
Some audio functions can be
controlled through the steering
wheel controls.
b/g:Press to interact with
Bluetooth or voice recognition. See
Bluetooth on page 7-75,OnStar
Overview on page 14-1, or Voice
Recognition on page 7-68.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-14 In Brief
$/i:Press to decline an
incoming call, or to end a current
call. Press to silence the vehicle
speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on. Press to cancel
voice recognition.
_SRC ^:Press to select an
audio source.
Use the thumbwheel to select the
next or previous favorite radio
station, CD track, MP3 track, USB
track, and Bluetooth Audio track.
Use _SRC to skip to the next song
or show using Pandora or Stitcher.
See Pandora Internet Radio on
page 7-22 or Stitcher Internet Radio
on page 7-27.
+x−:Press + to increase the
volume. Press −to decrease.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
Cruise Control
1:Press to turn the cruise control
system on and off.
*:Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up
briefly to make the vehicle resume
to a previously set speed or hold
upwards to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
SET/−:Move the thumbwheel down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease
speed.
See Cruise Control on page 9-32.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the center of
the instrument cluster. It shows the
status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the turn
signal lever.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
and hold to clear, the menu item
displayed.
2. \:Use the band to scroll
through the items in each menu.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-15
3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5-21.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator when a vehicle is
detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-40.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW is intended to help
avoid unintentional lane departures
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW indicator, @, appears green if
a lane marking is detected. If the
vehicle departs the lane, the
indicator will change to amber and
flash. In addition, beeps will sound.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-44.
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, SBZA will detect
vehicles in the next lane over in the
vehicle's side blind zone area.
When this happens, the SBZA
display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
on page 9-42.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle, on the
center stack display, when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing on page 9-36.
Ultrasonic Parking Assist
If equipped, Ultrasonic Rear Parking
Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA
uses audible beeps to provide
distance and system information.
The vehicle may also be equipped
with Front Parking Assist.
See Driver Assistance Systems on
page 9-35.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-16 In Brief
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA)
If equipped, the APA system helps
to search for and maneuver the
vehicle into parallel parking spots
using automatic steering, DIC
displays, and beeps. When the
vehicle speed is below 30 km/h
(18 mph), press the APA button, O,
to enable the system.
See the “Automatic Parking Assist
(APA)”information under Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing on
page 9-36.
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet on the center stack and
inside the center console storage.
To use the outlet, the ignition must
be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Remove the cover to
access the outlet and replace when
not in use.
See Power Outlets on page 5-4.
Sunroof
If equipped, the sunroof switches
are on the overhead console. The
ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) to operate
the sunroof. See Ignition Positions
on page 9-15 and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-18.
Open/Close: Press and hold the
front or rear of the switch (1) to
open or close the sunroof. The
sunshade automatically opens with
the sunroof, but must be closed
manually.
Express Open: Press and release
the front of the switch (1) to
express-open the sunroof.
Vent/Close: Press and hold the
rear of the switch (2) to vent the
sunroof. Press and hold the front
of the switch (2) to close.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-17
The sunroof cannot be opened or
closed if the vehicle has an
electrical failure.
Anti-Pinch Feature
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof when it is closing, the
anti-pinch feature detects the object
and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
See Sunroof on page 2-20.
Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The traction control system limits
wheel spin. The system turns on
automatically every time the vehicle
is started.
The StabiliTrak system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system turns on automatically every
time the vehicle is started.
.To turn off traction control, press
and release the TCS/StabiliTrak
button gon the center console.
iilluminates in the instrument
cluster.
.Press and release the TCS/
StabiliTrak button again to turn
on traction control.
.To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
the TCS/StabiliTrak button gon
the center console, until iand
gilluminate in the instrument
cluster.
.Press and release the TCS/
StabiliTrak button again to turn
on both systems.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-18 In Brief
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10.
The warning light will remain on until
the tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10-42.
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-21.
2. Press and hold the SET/CLR
button on the DIC while the Oil
Life display is active. The oil life
will change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-8.
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.Combine several trips into a
single trip.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
In Brief 1-19
.Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Battery
The battery is located in the trunk,
behind a trim panel, on the driver
side. When it is time for a new
battery, see your dealer for one that
has the replacement number shown
on the original battery's label.
See Battery on page 10-20.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
you are automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
OnStar
®
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14-1.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
1-20 In Brief
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys .......................... 2-1
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-11
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Doors
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-15
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-17
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-17
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Keys and Locks
Keys
{Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The key that is part of the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can
be used for all locks.
Press the button on the RKE
transmitter to extend the key. Press
the button to retract the key.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
.Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement”later
in this section.
.If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-2.
The RKE transmitter can have one
of these two symbols for the remote
trunk release.
Q(Lock): Press to lock all doors.
The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to
indicate locking. See “Remote Lock
Feedback”under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33. If a
passenger door is open when Qis
pressed, all doors lock. If the driver
door is open when Qis pressed, all
doors lock except the driver door.
These settings can be modified.
See “Open Door Anti Lock Out”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Pressing Qmay also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2-14.
K(Unlock): Press to unlock the
driver door or all doors. See
“Remote Door Unlock”under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33. The turn signal
indicators flash to indicate unlocking
has occurred. See “Remote Unlock
Feedback”under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
Pressing Kmay also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2-14.
Vor Y(Remote Trunk
Release): Press and hold until the
trunk begins to move.
7(Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release one
time to initiate vehicle locator. The
exterior lamps flash and the horn
chirps three times. Press and hold
7for at least three seconds to
sound the panic alarm. The horn
sounds and the turn signals flash
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
until 7is pressed again or the key
is placed in the ignition and turned
to ON/RUN.
/(Remote Vehicle Start): Press
and release Qthen immediately
press and hold /for at least
four seconds to start the engine
from outside the vehicle using the
RKE transmitter. See Remote
Vehicle Start on page 2-8.
Keyless Access Operation
Some vehicles have a Keyless
Access system that lets you lock
and unlock the doors without
removing the RKE transmitter from
your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
The RKE transmitter should be
within 1 m (3 ft) of the door being
opened. If the vehicle has this
feature, there will be buttons on the
outside door handles.
The vehicle can be customized to
always unlock all doors on the first
lock/unlock button press. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the driver door handle, pressing
the lock/unlock button on the driver
door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the lock/unlock button is
pressed again within five seconds,
all passenger doors will unlock. Pull
the door handle to unlatch the door.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
.It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
.Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
.Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on a passenger
door handle will unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
.The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
.Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.
Passive Locking
This feature will lock the vehicle
several seconds after all doors are
closed, if the vehicle is off and at
least one RKE transmitter has been
removed from the interior or none
remain in the interior.
Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking Feature
Temporarily disable the passive
locking by pressing and holding K
on the interior door switch with a
door open for at least four seconds,
or until three chimes are heard.
Passive locking will then remain
disabled until Qon the interior door
is pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock/Unlock/
Start”under Vehicle Personalization
on page 5-33.
Keyed Access
To access a vehicle with a dead
transmitter battery, see Door Locks
on page 2-10.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Any remaining
transmitters will need to be
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
have up to eight transmitters
matched to it.
Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter
A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there is one recognized transmitter.
To program, the vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters, both
currently recognized and new, must
be with you.
1. Place the recognized transmitter
in the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2. Insert the new vehicle key into
the key lock cylinder on the
driver door handle and turn the
key, counterclockwise, to the
unlock position five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.
3. Remove the recognized
transmitter and place the new
transmitter into the transmitter
pocket.
4. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the
transmitter is learned, the DIC
will show that it is ready to
program the next transmitter.
5. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter pocket and press K.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP
button for 10 seconds to exit
programming mode.
Programming without a
Recognized Transmitter
If there are no currently recognized
transmitters available, follow this
procedure to program up to eight
transmitters. This procedure will
take approximately 30 minutes to
complete. The vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters you wish
to program must be with you.
1. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC
displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
The DIC displays will again
show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
times. After the third time, all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the next
steps.
The DIC display should
now show READY FOR
REMOTE # 1.
4. Place the new transmitter into
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area.
5. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC
will show that it is ready to
program the next transmitter.
6. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter pocket and press K.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP
button for 10 seconds to exit
programming mode.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak, the
DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED when you try to start
the vehicle. The REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message may also be displayed at
this time.
To start the vehicle:
1. Open the center console storage
and place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
See Starting the Engine on
page 9-17
Replace the transmitter battery as
soon as possible.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC. See
Key and Lock Messages on
page 5-29.
{Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
The battery is not rechargeable. To
replace the battery:
1. Press the button on the
transmitter to extend the key.
2. Remove the battery cover by
prying with a finger.
3. Remove the battery by pushing
on the battery and sliding it
toward the key blade.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Push the battery
down until it is held in place.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
5. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
Remote Vehicle Start
Remote start allows the engine to
be started from outside the vehicle.
/(Remote Vehicle Start): The
remote start button is on the RKE
transmitter.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
require a person using remote start
to have the vehicle in view. Check
local regulations for any
requirements.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-2.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
Starting the Vehicle
To start the engine using the remote
start feature:
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press and release Q.
3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold /for at
least four seconds or until the
turn signal lamps flash. The turn
signal lamps flashing confirms
the request to remote start the
vehicle has been received.
When the engine starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps to
extend to 20 minutes. Remote start
can be extended only once.
Start the vehicle before driving.
Extending Engine Run Time
To extend to 20 minutes, repeat
Steps 1–3 while the engine is still
running. The remote start can be
extended once.
For example, if the engine has been
running for five minutes, and the
remote start is extended, the engine
will run for a total of 20 minutes.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
turned on and then back off before
the remote start procedure can be
used again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
.The vehicle is unlocked.
.The hood is not closed.
.The hazard warning flashers
are on.
.The malfunction indicator lamp
is on.
.The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
.The oil pressure is low.
.Two remote vehicle starts, or a
single remote start with an
extension, have already
been used.
.The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Door Locks
{Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. When a door is
locked, the handle will not
open it. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
.Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
.Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from
happening.
To lock or unlock the doors from the
outside:
.Press Qor Kon the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation on
page 2-3.
.Use the key in the driver door.
Turn the key toward the rear to
lock all doors. Turn the key
toward the front to unlock the
driver door. Turn the key again
toward the front to unlock all
doors.
To lock or unlock the doors from the
inside:
.Pushing down the manual lock
knob on the driver door will lock
all doors. Pushing down the
manual lock knob on a
passenger door will lock that
door only.
.Pull the door handle once to
unlock the door. Pulling the
handle again unlatches the door.
.Press Qor Kon the power door
lock switch.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
Power Door Locks
K(Unlock): Press to unlock the
doors.
Q(Lock): Press to lock the doors.
Delayed Locking
This feature will delay the actual
locking of the doors and arming of
the theft-deterrent system for
five seconds when the door lock
switch or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to
lock the vehicle.
If any door is open when locking the
vehicle, three chimes will signal that
the delayed locking feature is active.
Five seconds after the last door is
closed, all of the doors will lock. To
cancel the delay and lock the doors
immediately, press Qon the RKE
transmitter or the power door lock
switch a second time. The
theft-deterrent system will arm after
30 seconds.
Automatic Door Locks
The vehicle is programmed to lock
all doors automatically when the
following are met:
.All doors are closed.
.The ignition is on.
.The vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
All doors will unlock when the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Lockout Protection
If the vehicle is in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START
and the power door lock switch is
pressed with the driver door open,
all the doors will lock and only the
driver door will unlock.
If Open Door Anti Lockout is turned
on and the vehicle is off, the driver
door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
only the driver door will unlock. The
Open Door Anti Lockout feature can
be turned on or off using the vehicle
personalization menus. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
Lockout Protection can be manually
overridden with the driver door open
by pressing and holding Qon the
power door lock switch.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
Press v{to activate the safety
locks on the rear doors. The
indicator light in the switch will
illuminate when activated.
The rear door power windows are
also disabled. See Power Windows
on page 2-18.
Press v{again to deactivate the
lockout switch.
If an inside rear door handle is
being pulled when the safety lock is
deactivated, that door will remain
locked and the indicator light may
flash. Release the handle, then
press the safety lock twice to
deactivate the safety locks.
Doors
Trunk
{Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
.Close all of the windows.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
Warning (Continued)
.Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems”in the
Index.
.If the vehicle is equipped with
a power liftgate, disable the
power liftgate function.
See Engine Exhaust on
page 9-21.
Trunk Release
To open the trunk the vehicle must
be off or the shift lever must be in
P (Park).
From inside the vehicle, press |
on the driver door.
Remote Trunk Release
From outside the vehicle, press and
hold Vor Yon the RKE
transmitter.
Emergency Trunk Release
Handle
{Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
The emergency trunk release
handle is behind the center rear
seat. To access, press the button at
the top of the center seat to unlock
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
the seatback and fold down. Pull the
release handle sideways to open
the trunk from the inside.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
The security light, on the instrument
panel near the windshield, indicates
the status of the system:
Off: Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid: Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, the hood, or the trunk
is open.
Slow Flash: Alarm system is
armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle with one of the
following:
.Use the RKE transmitter.
.With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to slowly
flash indicating the alarm system
is operating. Pressing Qon the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate a
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing Kon the RKE
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if
the passenger door, the trunk, or the
hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
Disarming the System
To disarm the system, do one of the
following:
.Press Kon the RKE transmitter.
.Start the engine.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
.Lock the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter after all occupants
have exited.
.Always unlock the vehicle with
the RKE transmitter, or use the
Keyless Access system.
Unlocking the driver door with
the key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The immobilizer activates itself
automatically after the key has been
removed from the ignition switch,
if equipped with Keyless Access,
when the engine is switched off by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
The system checks whether the
vehicle is allowed to start with the
key used. If the transponder in the
key is recognized, the vehicle can
be started.
The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on when there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more
transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
transmitter will start the vehicle.
If the transmitter is ever damaged,
you may not be able to start your
vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the vehicle does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
vehicle off and try again.
If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter
or if equipped with Keyless Access,
place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket in the center
console. See “Starting the Vehicle
with a Low Transmitter Battery”
under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-3.
If the vehicle does not start with the
other transmitter or when the
transmitter is in the pocket in the
center console, see your dealer.
Do not leave the transmitter that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system, in the
vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Power Mirrors
To adjust the mirrors:
1. With the ignition on, press the
switch (2) to select the left or
right mirror.
2. Press the arrows (1) to adjust
the mirror.
3. Adjust the mirror to see a little of
the vehicle, and the area behind
the vehicle.
Keep the switch (2) in the center
when not adjusting the mirrors.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward
to return it to the original position.
Heated Mirrors
The vehicle has heated outside
rearview mirrors.
=(Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the mirrors.
See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-1.
Automatic Dimming
Mirror
The driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
headlamps behind you.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
outside mirrors have a reverse tilt
feature. This feature tilts the outside
mirrors to a preselected position
when the vehicle is in R (Reverse).
This allows the driver to view the
curb for parallel parking. The mirrors
return to their original position when
the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), the ignition is turned
off, or if the vehicle reverse speed
exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph).
This feature can be turned on or off
through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33. See
Memory Seats on page 3-5.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, there are
three buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more
information on the system and how
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The rearview mirror automatically
dims to reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. This
feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Windows
{Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
Power Windows
{Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2-1.
The power window switches on the
driver door control all the windows.
Each passenger door has a switch
that controls only that window.
Power window switches work when
the ignition is in ON/RUN, ACC/
ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9-18.
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch to raise the
window.
Express Window Operation
Windows with an express-down or
express-up feature allow the window
to be lowered or raised without
holding the switch. Pull a window
switch up or press it down all the
way, release it, and the window
goes up or down automatically. Stop
the window by pressing or pulling
the switch in the same direction a
second time, or by briefly operating
the switch to the first detent in either
direction.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19
Express Window Anti-Pinch
Feature
If an object is in the path of the
window when the express-up is
active, the window will stop at the
obstruction and auto-reverse to a
preset factory position. Weather
conditions such as severe icing may
cause the window to auto-reverse.
The window will return to normal
operation after the obstruction or
condition is removed.
Rear Window Lockout
Press o{to prevent rear seat
passengers from operating the
windows. The indicator light
illuminates when on. Press again to
turn the feature off. This also
activates the safety locks on the
rear passenger doors.
Programming the Power
Windows
If the battery on the vehicle has
been recharged or disconnected
and the windows cannot be closed
automatically, a warning message
will display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). To reprogram the
windows:
1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN
or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory
Power (RAP).
2. Press and hold the power
window switch until the window
is fully open.
3. Pull the power window switch up
until the window is fully closed
and keep holding the switch up
for an additional two seconds.
4. Repeat for each window.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. If equipped, detach the sun
visor from the center mount to pivot
to the side window or to extend
along the rod.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Roof
Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
switches used to operate it are on
the overhead console. The ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) to operate
the sunroof. See Ignition Positions
on page 9-15 and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-18.
Open/Close: Press and hold the
front or rear of the switch (1) to
open or close the sunroof. The
sunshade automatically opens with
the sunroof, but must be closed
manually.
Express Open/Close: Press and
release the front or rear of the
switch (1) to express-open or
express-close the sunroof.
Vent/Close: Press and hold the
rear of the switch (2) to vent the
sunroof. Press and hold the front of
the switch (2) to close.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
closed if the vehicle has an
electrical failure.
Anti-Pinch Feature
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof when it is closing, the
anti-pinch feature detects the object
and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-3
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear Seats
Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-12
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-15
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-25
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-25
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-31
Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-32
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-41
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
{Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
To raise or lower the head restraint,
press the button located on the side
of the head restraint, and pull up or
push the head restraint down, and
release the button. Pull and push on
the head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Rear Seats
The vehicle’s rear seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
The rear seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment
{Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
.Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-4.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-4.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-4 Seats and Restraints
Lumbar Adjustment
To increase or decrease lumbar
support, slide the control forward or
rearward.
Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust the seatback:
.Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
{Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Memory Seats
The SET, "1," "2," and “3”buttons
on the driver door are used to
manually save and recall memory
settings for the driver seat and
outside mirrors. These manually
stored positions are referred to as
Button Memory positions.
Storing Button Memory Positions
To save positions into Button
Memory for the “1,” “2,”or “3”driving
positions:
1. Adjust the driver seat and
outside mirrors to the desired
driving positions.
2. Press and release SET, then
immediately press and hold "1"
until a beep sounds.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
second driver using “2”and/or a
third driver using “3.”
Recalling Button Memory
Positions
Press and hold "1," "2," or “3”to
recall the manually saved Button
Memory positions. Releasing "1,”
"2," or “3”before the stored
positions are reached stops the
recall.
If the ignition is in ON/RUN/START
and the vehicle is parked, briefly
press and release “1,” “2,”or “3”to
recall the Button Memory positions.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-6 Seats and Restraints
Turning the vehicle off before the
stored positions are reached stops
the recall.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction; then press
and hold the appropriate manual
control for the memory item that is
not recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling the memory position again
by pressing the appropriate memory
button. If the memory position is still
not recalling, see your dealer for
service.
Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats
{Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
The buttons are below the air vents
on the center stack. To operate, the
engine must be running.
Press Lor Mto heat the driver or
passenger seat.
Press {or Cto ventilate the driver
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat
has a fan that pulls or pushes air
through the seat. The air is not
cooled.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
on the buttons indicate three for the
highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high, the level may automatically be
lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-7
Remote Start Heated and
Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled
when the ignition is turned on. Press
the heated or ventilated seat button
to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.
The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights do not turn on during
a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-8
and Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door
The rear seat has an armrest in the
center of the seatback. Pull the
armrest down to lower it. To fold, lift
the armrest up and push it rearward
until it is flush with the seatback.
The rear seat has a rear seat
pass-through door in the center of
the rear seatback. Press the button
on top of the seatback and fold the
center part of the seatback down to
access the trunk. There are two
cupholders on the door. To close, lift
the pass-through door and push it
rearward until it locks into place.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-8 Seats and Restraints
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5-9.
Why Safety Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-9
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be —whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts —not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children on page 3-26 or Infants
and Young Children on page 3-28.
Follow those rules for everyone's
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.
.Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.
.Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-10 Seats and Restraints
.Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
.Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
.Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a rear
seat passenger belt is pulled out
all the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-11
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-12.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal,
near-frontal, or rear crash if the
threshold conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. And, if the
vehicle has side impact airbags,
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash or a rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-12 Seats and Restraints
other parts of the vehicle's safety
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash on page 3-13.
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.
Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5-9.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-13.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-13
Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-10.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-14 Seats and Restraints
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.A frontal airbag for the driver.
.A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
.A knee airbag for the driver.
.A knee airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
.A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
.A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
is on the lower part of the
instrument panel.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3-17.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints”to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-15
{Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children on
page 3-26 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3-28.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-10.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-16 Seats and Restraints
The driver knee airbag is below the
steering column. The front outboard
passenger knee airbag is below the
glove box.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
Passenger Side Shown, Driver
Side Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
{Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-17
Warning (Continued)
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System on
page 3-14. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the
specific airbag system’s deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic frontal sensors that help
the airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near-frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
rear impacts, or in many side
impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
The vehicle also has seat position
sensors that enable the sensing
system to monitor the position of the
driver seat and the front outboard
passenger seat. Seat position
sensors provide information that is
used to adjust the deployment of the
frontal airbags.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-18 Seats and Restraints
Knee airbags are designed to inflate
in moderate to severe frontal
impacts. Knee airbags are not
designed to inflate during vehicle
rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many
side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes, depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near-frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes, depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck or if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? on page 3-15.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on
page 3-17.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-19
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-15.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps, turn on the
hazard warning flashers, and shut
off the fuel system after the airbags
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
off the interior lamps, and turn off
the hazard warning flashers by
using the controls for those
features.
{Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-20 Seats and Restraints
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13-13 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13-14.
.Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light in the rearview mirror when
the vehicle is started.
The words ON and OFF will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF will be visible. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator on
page 5-11.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag should be allowed
to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children age
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-21
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger airbag and
knee airbag if:
.The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
.A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag, the off indicator
will light and stay lit to remind you
that the airbags are off. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5-11.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag anytime the system
senses that a person of adult size is
sitting properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbags to
be enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbags are active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-22 Seats and Restraints
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag,
depending upon the person’s
seating posture and body build.
Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints
should wear a safety belt
properly —whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-10 for more
information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag if the system
determines that an infant is present
in a child restraint. If a child restraint
has been installed and the on
indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions provided
by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) on page 3-39 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3-41.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under the
vehicle head restraint. If this
happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
on page 3-2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system
may or may not turn off the
airbags for a child in a child
restraint depending upon the
child's size. It is better to secure
a child restraint in a rear seat.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-23
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. Use the
following steps to allow the system
to detect that person and enable the
front outboard passenger frontal and
knee airbags:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers. Also
remove laptops or other
electronic devices.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
{Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts”and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-24 Seats and Restraints
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-25 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here’s how:
.The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off
indicator will be lit, and the
airbag readiness light will also
be lit.
.Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will turn on the
passenger airbag while a child
restraint or child occupant is on
the seat. If the passenger airbag
is turned on, the on indicator will
be lit.
If the front passenger seat gets wet,
dry it immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to
occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-10 for
important safety information.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
{Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13-11.
{Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
(Continued)
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-25
Warning (Continued)
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing or
moving any parts of the front seats,
safety belts, the airbag sensing and
diagnostic module, steering wheel,
instrument panel, any airbag
module, ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
the inside rearview mirror, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
or airbag wiring.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery or trim, or with
GM covers, upholstery or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-20.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels on page 10-50 for
additional important information.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
have questions about whether the
modifications will affect the vehicle's
airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag
system will be affected if the vehicle
is modified for any other reason, call
Customer Assistance. See
Customer Assistance Offices on
page 13-3.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-10.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-26 Seats and Restraints
{Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-15. See your
dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-10.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-27
The manufacturer's instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat.
.Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-28 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-29
{Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
will go.
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-30 Seats and Restraints
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
{Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. In a
crash, if an infant is in a
rear-facing child restraint, the
crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an
infant's body, the back and
shoulders. Infants should always
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
{Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-31
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.
Booster Seats
A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-32 Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-34.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-20 for additional
information.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-35
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. Be
sure to read and follow the
instructions for your child restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Rear Seat
I(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H(Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-36 Seats and Restraints
To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the anchor.
1. Outboard Lower Anchors
2. Center Lower Anchors
The outboard lower anchors (1) are
behind the vertical openings in the
seat trim. The center lower
anchors (2) are in the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
The top tether anchors are on the
rear seatback filler panel. Be sure to
use an anchor on the same side of
the vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-32 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
(Continued)
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-37
Warning (Continued)
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
{Warning
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed.
{Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-32.
This system is designed to make
the installation of child restraints
easier. When using lower anchors,
do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-38 Seats and Restraints
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
If the position you are using
does not have a head
restraint and you are using
a single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using
does not have a head
restraint and you are using
a dual tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-39
If the position you are using
has a fixed head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, route the tether over
the head restraint.
If the position you are using
has a fixed head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-34 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-34 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-40 Seats and Restraints
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position.
Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
Secure the child in the child restraint
when and as the instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3-32.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-41
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-34 for more
information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-32.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag under certain
conditions. See Passenger Sensing
System on page 3-20 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5-11 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-42 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-34 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal and
knee airbags, the off indicator on
the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit
when the vehicle is started. See
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-11.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Seats and Restraints 3-43
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
3-44 Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint”under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3-20 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Storage 4-1
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Storage
Compartments
{Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
The front cupholders are in the
center console.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
4-2 Storage
Pull the rear armrest down to
access the rear cupholders.
The vehicle has cupholders in front
of the center seat.
To open, push in the front of the
cover and release it.
To close, slide the cupholder back
into the seat until the latch engages.
Center Console Storage
There is storage under the center
console armrest. To open, press the
latch and lift up. Do not force the lid
backwards. There is a power outlet
inside.
See Power Outlets on page 5-4.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Storage 4-3
Additional Storage
Features
Convenience Net
If equipped, the convenience net is
in the rear. Put small loads behind
the net. It can also be positioned
into an envelope style to hold
smaller items. The net is not for
heavier loads. Store items as far
forward as you can.
Attach four corner loops (1) to the
top two hooks on the vehicle (two
loops on one side, two loops on the
other) and attach the two center
loops (2) to the bottom hooks on the
vehicle.
The net can be opened and objects
placed inside.
For larger objects, place a corner
loop (1) on each hook.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
4-4 Storage
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 5-9
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-10
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 5-11
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Service Vehicle Soon
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-17
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
StabiliTrak
®
OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-17
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
Light . . . . 5-18
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-18
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-19
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-20
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-23
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Brake System Messages . . . . 5-26
Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-27
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-28
Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-28
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-28
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-31
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-32
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-32
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-33
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or
down and in or out for a
comfortable position.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the tilt and telescope
lever while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
Some audio functions can be
controlled through the steering
wheel controls.
b/g(Push to Talk): Press to
interact with Bluetooth or voice
recognition. See Bluetooth on
page 7-75,OnStar Overview on
page 14-1, or Voice Recognition on
page 7-68.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-3
$/i(Mute/End Call): Press to
decline an incoming call, or to end a
current call. Press to silence the
vehicle speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on. Press to cancel
voice recognition.
_SRC ^(Thumbwheel Control):
Press to select an audio source.
Use the thumbwheel to select the
next or previous favorite radio
station, CD track, MP3 track, USB
track, and Bluetooth Audio track.
Use _SRC to skip to the next song
or show using Pandora or Stitcher.
See Pandora Internet Radio on
page 7-22 or Stitcher Internet Radio
on page 7-27.
+x−(Volume): Press + to
increase the volume. Press −to
decrease.
Horn
Press aon the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
select the wiper speed.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity
Control): Move the windshield
wiper lever to INT. Turn the xINT
band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
8(Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10-23.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
Rainsense™
With Rainsense, a sensor near the
top center of the windshield detects
the amount of water on the
windshield and controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-4 Instruments and Controls
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity
Control): Move the windshield
wiper lever to INT. Turn the xINT
band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
.Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.
.Turn the band down for less
sensitivity to moisture.
.Move the windshield wiper lever
out of the INT position to
deactivate Rainsense.
nL(Windshield Washer): Pull
the windshield wiper lever toward
you to spray windshield washer fluid
and activate the wipers. The wipers
will continue until the lever is
released or the maximum wash time
is reached. When the windshield
wiper lever is released, additional
wipes may occur depending on how
long the windshield washer had
been activated. See Washer Fluid
on page 10-17 for information on
filling the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
{Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
Clock
Time and Date
1. Press HOME on the radio
faceplate.
2. Press the Config screen button
on the Home Page.
3. Select Time and Date.
4. Select the desired setting to
change.
Set Time: Press + or −to increase
or decrease the hours and minutes.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
Set Date: Press + or −to increase
or decrease the year, month,
and day.
12hr/24hr Format: Press to select
12 hour or 24 hour time format.
Press the Back screen button
to save.
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet on the center stack and
inside the center console storage.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-5
To use the outlet, the ignition must
be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Remove the cover to
access the outlet and replace when
not in use.
{Caution
Leaving electrical equipment on
for extended periods will drain the
battery. Always turn off electrical
equipment when not in use and
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum amperage
rating.
This circuit is protected by a fuse
and has a maximum current level.
Do not use equipment exceeding
the maximum amperage rating.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
{Caution
Adding any electrical equipment
to the vehicle may damage it or
keep other components from
working as they should. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not use
equipment exceeding
maximum amperage rating of
10 amperes. Check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9-50.
{Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-6 Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Follow this manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly
and even dangerous.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-7
Instrument Cluster
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-8 Instruments and Controls
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer can show how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-21.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
{Caution
If the engine is operated with the
tachometer in the shaded warning
area, the vehicle could be
damaged, and the damages
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not operate
the engine with the tachometer in
the shaded warning area.
Fuel Gauge
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge shows how much fuel is left
in the fuel tank. When the indicator
nears empty, a message in the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
displays. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5-28. The
vehicle still has a little fuel left, but
the vehicle should be fueled soon.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. These are
normal and do not indicate a
problem with the fuel gauge:
.At the service station, the gas
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
fuel tank was half full, but it
actually took a little more or less
than half the fuel tank's capacity
to fill it.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-9
.The indicator moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
.The gauge goes back to empty
when the ignition is turned off.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
If the indicator needle moves to the
hot side of the gauge, the engine is
too hot.
If the vehicle has been operated
under normal driving conditions, pull
off the road, stop the vehicle, and
turn off the engine as soon as
possible.
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime comes on to
remind drivers to fasten their safety
belt. Then the light stays on solid
until the belt is buckled. This cycle
may continue several times if the
driver remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor chime
comes on.
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
When the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind the front passenger to
fasten their safety belt. Then the
light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle may continue
several times if the passenger
remains or becomes unbuckled
while the vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-10 Instruments and Controls
The front passenger safety belt
warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the warning light
and/or chime, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.
Second Row Passenger Belt
Reminder Light
Second row seating positions
monitored for safety belt use are
represented by a colored symbol in
the Driver information Center (DIC)
indicating safety belt status. When
the vehicle is started, three safety
belt symbols come on and stay on
for several seconds in the
instrument cluster to alert the driver
that passengers may need to fasten
their safety belts. After the
passenger safety belt is buckled,
the corresponding safety belt
symbol in the instrument cluster
turns green. If a safety belt is not
initially buckled, the instrument
cluster displays a gray safety belt
symbol. While the vehicle is moving,
if a second row passenger that was
previously buckled becomes
unbuckled, the corresponding safety
belt symbol will change to flashing
red and a chime may sound.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
on page 3-14.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
This vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-20 for
important safety information. The
rearview mirror has a passenger
airbag status indicator.
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator will light either ON
or OFF to let you know the status of
the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag and knee airbag.
If the word ON is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag are allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-10 for more
information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
The light turns off when the engine
is started. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there could be a
problem with the electrical charging
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-12 Instruments and Controls
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, helping to
maintain a clean environment. The
malfunction indicator lamp comes
on when the vehicle is placed in
Service Only Mode, as a check to
show it is working. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. See Ignition Positions on
page 9-15.
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on while the engine is
running, this indicates that the
OBD II system has detected a
problem and diagnosis and service
might be required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system also
assists the service technician in
correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.
{Caution
If the vehicle is continually driven
with this light on, the emission
controls might not work as well,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine
might not run as smoothly. This
could lead to costly repairs that
might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Modifications made to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system of the vehicle or
the replacement of the original
tires with other than those of the
same Tire Performance Criteria
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can cause
this light to come on.
Modifications to these systems
could lead to costly repairs not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
This could also result in a failure
(Continued)
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Caution (Continued)
to pass a required Emission
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-2.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.Reduce vehicle speed.
.Avoid hard accelerations.
.Avoid steep uphill grades.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to stop and park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emission control system
malfunction:
.Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9-48. The diagnostic
system can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.
.Check that good quality fuel is
used. Poor fuel quality causes
the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It may require at least one full tank
of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9-46.
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check
the vehicle. The dealer has the
proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Depending on where you live, your
vehicle may be required to
participate in an emission control
system inspection and maintenance
program. For the inspection, the
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-14 Instruments and Controls
emission system test equipment will
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the vehicle is placed in Service
Only Mode and the malfunction
indicator lamp does not come
on. See your dealer for
assistance in verifying proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp.
.The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Service Vehicle Soon
Light
For vehicles with this light, it comes
on if a condition exists that may
require the vehicle to be taken in for
service.
If the light comes on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-15
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
This light comes on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not
come on then, have it fixed so it will
be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a base brake problem.
{Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Electric Parking Brake
Light
The parking brake status light
comes on when the brake is
applied. If the light continues
flashing after the parking brake is
released, or while driving, there is a
problem with the electric parking
brake system. A message may also
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Brake System
Messages on page 5-26 for more
information.
If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light
The service electric parking brake
light should come on briefly when
the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it does
not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
If this light stays on, there is a
problem with a system on the
vehicle that is causing the parking
brake system to work at a reduced
level. The vehicle can still be driven,
but should be taken to a dealer as
soon as possible. See Electric
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-16 Instruments and Controls
Parking Brake on page 9-27. If a
message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), see Brake
System Messages on page 5-26.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.
If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5-14 and Brake System
Messages on page 5-26.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light
This light comes on green when the
system is on and ready to operate.
When the system determines that
the vehicle is leaving its lane
without using the turn signal, this
light will change to amber and flash.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-44.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) Warning Light
The forward collision alert comes on
and warns when a vehicle is being
rapidly approached.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-40 for more
information.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-17
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this light displays green
when a vehicle is detected ahead.
This light will display amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-40.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
StabiliTrak
®
OFF Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
and the warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-18 Instruments and Controls
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages on
page 5-31. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10-41.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-43.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
(Continued)
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-19
Caution (Continued)
oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but if
the oil level is within the operating
range and the oil pressure is still
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2-15.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-20 Instruments and Controls
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-1.
Front Fog Lamp Light
For vehicles with fog lamps, this
light comes on when the fog lamps
are on.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6-3 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
Cruise Control Light
For vehicles with cruise control, the
cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and
turns green when the cruise control
is set and active.
The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9-32.
Door Ajar Light
If equipped, this light comes on
when a door is open or not securely
latched. Before driving, check that
all doors are properly closed. See
Door Ajar Messages on page 5-27.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-21
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
the vehicle. It also displays warning
messages if a system problem is
detected. See Vehicle Messages on
page 5-26. All messages appear in
the DIC display in the center of the
instrument cluster.
The vehicle may also have features
that can be customized through the
controls on the radio. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays,
which can be accessed by using the
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever
to the left of the steering wheel. The
DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle
system information, and warning
messages if a system problem is
detected.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
and hold to clear, the menu item
displayed.
2. \:Use the band to scroll
through the items in each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until Trip/Fuel Menu is
displayed. Use \to scroll through
the following possible menu items:
.Digital Speedometer
.Trip
.Fuel Range
.Average Fuel Economy
.Instantaneous Fuel Economy
.Average Vehicle Speed
.Navigation
Digital Speedometer
The speedometer, available on
some vehicles, shows how fast the
vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Trip
This display shows the current
distance traveled in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
zero by pressing SET/CLR while the
trip odometer display is showing.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-22 Instruments and Controls
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Average Fuel Economy
This display shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon
(mpg). This number is calculated
based on the number of L/100 km
(mpg) recorded since the last time
this menu item was reset. The fuel
economy can be reset by pressing
SET/CLR while the Average Fuel
Economy display is showing. On
some models, this display is shown
on the same page with the
instantaneous fuel consumption
display.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
The instantaneous fuel consumption
display shows the current fuel
economy in liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number
reflects only the fuel economy that
the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving
conditions change. Unlike average
fuel economy, this display cannot be
reset. On some models, this display
is shown on the same page with the
average fuel economy display.
Average Vehicle Speed
This display shows the average
speed of the vehicle in kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. The average
speed can be reset by pressing
SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
Speed display is showing.
Navigation
This display shows the Navigation
information when guidance is
selected.
Vehicle Information Menu Items
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until Vehicle Information menu
is displayed. Use \to scroll
through the following possible menu
items:
.Battery Voltage
.Speed Warning
.Tire Pressure Monitoring
.Remaining Oil Life
.Units
Battery Voltage
This display, available on some
vehicles, shows the current battery
voltage. If the voltage is in the
normal range, the value will display.
For example, the display may read
Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The
vehicle's charging system regulates
voltage based on the state of the
battery. The battery voltage can
fluctuate while viewing this
information on the DIC. This is
normal. See Charging System Light
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-23
on page 5-11. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system,
the DIC will display a message.
Speed Warning
This display is used to set the
vehicle speed at which the speed
warning chime sounds and the alert
is displayed. The speed can be set
by pressing SET/CLR while the
speed warning display is showing.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
This display will show a vehicle with
the approximate pressures of all
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed
in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds
per square inch (psi). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10-43.
Remaining Oil Life
This display shows an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life. If 99%
is displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages on
page 5-28. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible. See
Engine Oil on page 10-6. In addition
to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended in the
Maintenance Schedule. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Remember, the Remaining Oil Life
display must be reset after each oil
change. It will not reset itself. Also,
be careful not to reset the Oil Life
display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
To reset the engine oil life system,
press SET/CLR while the Oil Life
display is active. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-8.
Units
Move \to switch between metric
or US when the Units display is
active. Press SET/CLR to confirm
the setting. This will change the
displays on the cluster and DIC to
either metric or English (US)
measurements.
Head-Up Display (HUD)
{Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or
too high in your field of view, it
may take you more time to see
things you need to see when it is
dark outside. Be sure to keep the
HUD image dim and placed low in
your field of view.
With HUD, some information
concerning the operation of the
vehicle is projected onto the
windshield. The image is projected
through the HUD lens on top of the
instrument panel. The information
appears as an image focused out
toward the front of the vehicle.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-24 Instruments and Controls
{Caution
If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use
the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD may display some of the
following alerts or information for
vehicles equipped with these
features:
.Speedometer
.Tachometer
.High Beam Indicator Symbol
.Forward Collision Alert Warnings
.Audio Functions
.Navigation
.Transmission Position
.Shift Up Meter
.Cruise Control Active
The HUD control is to the left of the
steering wheel.
To adjust the HUD image:
1. Adjust the driver seat.
2. Start the engine.
Use the following settings to adjust
the HUD.
$(Image Adjustment): Press
down or up to center the HUD
image. The HUD image can only be
adjusted up and down, not side
to side.
PAGE (Display View): Press to
select the display view. Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
brighten or dim the display. Turn
completely counterclockwise to turn
the display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD
brightness control can also be
adjusted as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily
light up depending on the angle and
position of the sunlight on the HUD
display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make
the HUD image harder to see.
HUD Views
There are four HUD pages that can
be viewed in the HUD display.
Page one displays:
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-25
Page two displays:
Page three displays:
Page four displays:
Care of the HUD
Clean the inside of the windshield to
remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
HUD Troubleshooting
Check that:
.Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
.HUD brightness setting is not
too dim or too bright.
.HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
.Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
.Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
If the HUD image is not correct,
contact your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. See Windshield
Replacement on page 10-24.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-26 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may display one after the
other.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages
that require immediate action cannot
be cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be
taken seriously and clearing the
messages does not correct the
problem.
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on your
vehicle content.
Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
vehicle has detected that the battery
voltage is dropping beyond a
reasonable point. The battery saver
system starts reducing features of
the vehicle that may be noticed. At
the point that features are disabled,
this message displays. Turn off
unnecessary accessories to allow
the battery to recharge.
LOW BATTERY
This message is displayed when the
battery voltage is low. See Battery
on page 10-20.
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message displays when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid on page 10-19.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
This message displays if the electric
parking brake is on while the vehicle
is in motion. Release it before
attempting to drive. See Electric
Parking Brake on page 9-27.
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
This message displays when there
is a problem with the brake boost
system. When this message
displays, the brake pedal may be
harder to push and the stopping
distance may be longer. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
This message displays when there
is a problem with the parking brake.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-27
STEP ON BRAKE TO
RELEASE PARK BRAKE
This message displays when
attempting to release the electric
parking brake without the brake
pedal applied. See Electric Parking
Brake on page 9-27.
Cruise Control Messages
CRUISE SET TO XXX
This message displays when the
cruise control is set and shows the
speed it was set to. See Cruise
Control on page 9-32.
Door Ajar Messages
DRIVER DOOR OPEN
This message will display when the
driver door is open. Close the door
completely.
HOOD OPEN
This message will display when the
hood is open. Close the hood
completely.
LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message will display when the
driver side rear door is open. Close
the door completely.
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN
This message will display when the
front passenger door is open. Close
the door completely.
RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message will display when the
passenger side rear door is open.
Close the door completely.
TRUNK OPEN
This message will display when the
trunk is open. Close the trunk
completely.
Engine Cooling System
Messages
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
ENGINE TEMP
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. The vehicle can continue to be
driven.
If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.
ENGINE OVERHEATED —
IDLE ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-28 Instruments and Controls
ENGINE OVERHEATED —
STOP ENGINE
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature.
Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when
service is required for the vehicle.
See your dealer. See Engine Oil on
page 10-6 and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2.
Acknowledging the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message will
not reset the system. See
“Remaining Oil Life”under Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-21 and Engine Oil Life
System on page 10-8.
ENGINE OIL LOW —ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil on page 10-6.
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine oil pressure is low.
The oil pressure light also appears
on the instrument cluster. See
Engine Oil Pressure Light on
page 5-18.
Stop the vehicle immediately, as
engine damage can result from
driving a vehicle with low oil
pressure. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible
when this message is displayed.
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no
reduction in performance, proceed
to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.
Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-29
Key and Lock Messages
NO REMOTE DETECTED
This message displays when the
transmitter battery is weak on
vehicles with Keyless Access. See
“Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery”under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter needs to be
replaced. See “Battery
Replacement”under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
USE TRANSMITTER POCKET
TO START
This message displays when trying
to start the vehicle if an RKE
transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak.
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery”under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
Lamp Messages
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
ON/OFF
This message is displayed when the
automatic light control has been
turned on or off. See Automatic
Headlamp System on page 6-2.
CHECK XXX TURN
SIGNAL LAMP
When one of the turn signals is out,
this message displays to show
which bulb needs to be replaced.
See Bulb Replacement on
page 10-24 and Replacement Bulbs
on page 10-25.
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message is displayed if the
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
the turn signal.
Object Detection System
Messages
FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the
Forward Collision Alert has been
turned off.
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Departure Warning
system will not operate. Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) may not work
or may not work as well.
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-30 Instruments and Controls
when it is temporarily unavailable.
The LDW system does not need
service.
This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.
PARK ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been
turned off or when there is a
temporary condition causing the
system to be disabled.
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the
Rear Cross Traffic Alert has been
turned off.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
features. Take the vehicle to your
dealer.
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Parking Assist
system. Do not use this system to
help you park. See your dealer for
service.
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
SYSTEM
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) features will not work. Take
the vehicle to your dealer.
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
This message indicates that the
driver has turned the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system off.
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
This message indicates that Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are
disabled either because the sensor
is blocked and cannot detect
vehicles in the blind zone, or the
vehicle is passing through an open
area, such as the desert, where
there is insufficient data for
operation. This message may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. The vehicle does not
need service. For cleaning, see
"Washing the Vehicle" under
Exterior Care on page 10-72.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-31
Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-30.
SERVICE STABILITRAK
This message displays if there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak system.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
Security Messages
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the vehicle
detects a tamper condition.
Service Vehicle Messages
SERVICE AC SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the air conditioning
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays if there is a
problem with the power steering
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message displays if there is a
problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10-43 for more information.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
This message displays when the
system is learning new tires. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10-43 for more information.
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
AIR TO TIRE
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low.
There is also an icon with the
warning that will indicate the
location of the low tire.
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5-18.
If a tire pressure message displays,
inflate the tires until the tire pressure
is equal to the values shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label.
See Tires on page 10-34,Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-10, and Tire
Pressure on page 10-41.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-32 Instruments and Controls
More than one tire pressure
message can be received at a time.
To read the other messages that
may have been sent at the same
time, press the SET/CLR button.
The DIC also shows the tire
pressure values. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-21.
Transmission Messages
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays if there is a
problem with the transmission. See
your dealer.
SHIFT DENIED
This message displays when using
the Active Select mode and
attempting to shift to a gear not
appropriate for the vehicle speed
and engine revolutions per
minute (rpm). See Manual Mode on
page 9-24.
SHIFT TO PARK
This message displays when the
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to remove the RKE
transmitter from the vehicle if the
vehicle is not in P (Park).
TRANSMISSION HOT —IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool. This
message clears when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when ice
conditions are possible.
Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message may display when the
washer fluid level is low. See
Washer Fluid on page 10-17.
Window Messages
OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/
PASSENGER WINDOW
This message is displayed when the
window needs to be reprogrammed.
If the vehicle's battery has been
recharged or disconnected, you will
need to program each front window
for the express-up feature to work.
See Power Windows on page 2-18.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-33
Vehicle
Personalization
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
HOME: Press to display the Home
Page screen.
TUNE/MENU: Press to enter
menus and select menu items. Turn
to scroll through the menus.
/BACK: Press to exit or move
backward in a menu.
Entering the Personalization
Menus
The ignition must be in the ON
position.
1. Press HOME.
2. Select the Config screen button.
3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
highlight the desired setting.
4. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
select the desired setting menu.
The following list of menu items may
be available:
.Languages
.Time and Date
.Radio Settings
.Phone Settings
.Navigation Settings
.Display Settings
.Vehicle Settings
Each menu is detailed in the
following information. Alternatively,
the touch screen may be used to
select.
Languages
Select Languages, then select from
the available language(s).
Time and Date
To adjust the time and date settings,
see Clock on page 5-4.
Radio Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Auto Volume
.Gracenote Options
.XM Channel Art
.Max Startup Volume
.Number of Favorite Pages
.XM Categories
.Software Version Menu
Auto Volume
When selected, this feature will
automatically adjust the volume to
minimize the effects of unwanted
background noise that can result
from changing road surfaces, driving
speeds, or open windows. This
feature works best at lower volume
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-34 Instruments and Controls
settings where background noise is
typically louder than the sound
system volume.
Select OFF, Low, Medium, or High.
Gracenote Options
Select to improve voice recognition
and media groupings.
Select to enable or disable. See CD
Player on page 7-32,USB on
page 7-34,Auxiliary Devices on
page 7-40, and Bluetooth Audio on
page 7-41.
XM Channel Art
When on, the radio will
automatically update the XM screen
and background graphics.
Select On or Off.
Max Startup Volume
Select the maximum volume level at
startup even if a higher volume had
been set when the radio was
turned off.
Number of Favorite Pages
Select to set the number of FAV
pages to be displayed.
XM Categories
Select or deselect any category to
be used in XM mode.
Software Version Menu
Select to display information about
the system and software.
Phone Settings
See “Phone”in Configure Menu on
page 7-60.
Navigation Settings
See Configure Menu on page 7-60.
Display Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Home Page Menu
.Rear Camera Options
.Display Off
.Map Settings
Home Page Menu
Select to customize the first page of
the Home Page.
Rear Camera Options
Select to adjust the rear camera
options.
Display Off
Select to turn off the display. The
display will return when any button
is pressed or the screen is touched.
Map Settings
Select to enter the submenu to
change Automatic Zoom, enable
Speed Limit display on map, and
change Map Display settings.
.Map Display: Select to change
the screen background.
To change the overall brightness
setting for the display, use the
vehicle interior lighting
instrument panel illumination
control.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-35
‐The Automatic setting adjusts
the screen background
automatically depending on
the exterior lighting conditions.
‐The Day setting brightens the
map background.
‐The Night setting darkens the
map background.
.Speed Limits: Select to display
the posted speed limit on the
map, when available.
Vehicle Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Climate and Air Quality
.Comfort and Convenience
.Collision/Detection Systems
.Lighting
.Power Door Locks
.Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
.Return to Factory Settings?
Climate and Air Quality
Select and the following may
display:
.Auto Fan Speed
.Remote Start Auto Cool Seat
.Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
Auto Fan Speed
This feature sets the climate control
fan speed to maintain the interior
temperature.
Select High, Medium, or Low.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seat
When on and it is hot outside, the
ventilated seats will turn on
automatically.
Select to turn on or off.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
When on and it is cold outside, the
heated seats will turn on
automatically.
Select to turn on or off.
Comfort and Convenience
Select and the following may
display:
.Chime Volume
.Button Chime
.Reverse Mirror Tilt
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
Select Normal or High.
Button Chime
This allows the button chimes to be
turned on or off.
Select On or Off.
Reverse Mirror Tilt
This allows the reverse mirror tilt to
be set to on or off.
Select On or Off.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-36 Instruments and Controls
Collision/Detection Systems
Select and the following may
display, if equipped:
.Park Assist
.Side Blind Zone Alert
.Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Park Assist
This allows the Parking Assist
feature to be turned on or off. See
Driver Assistance Systems on
page 9-35.
Select On or Off.
Side Blind Zone Alert
This allows the Side Blind Zone
Alert feature to be turned on or off.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
on page 9-42.
Select On or Off.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic
Alert feature to be turned on or off.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing on page 9-36.
Select On or Off.
Lighting
Select and the following may
display:
.Vehicle Locator Lights
.Exit Lighting
Vehicle Locator Lights
When on, the headlamps and
back-up lamps will flash when Kis
pressed.
Select On or Off.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute,
or 2 Minutes.
Power Door Locks
Select and the following may
display:
.Open Door Anti Lock Out
.Auto Door Unlock
.Delayed Door Lock
Open Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If off, the Delayed
Door Lock menu will be available.
Select On or Off.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows the selection of which
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.
Select On or Off.
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
Select and the following may
display:
.Remote Unlock Feedback
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Instruments and Controls 5-37
.Remote Lock Feedback
.Remote Door Unlock
.Passive Door Unlock
.Passive Door Lock
.Remote Left in Veh. Reminder
Remote Unlock Feedback
If equipped, this allows the selection
of what type of feedback is given
when unlocking the vehicle with the
RKE transmitter.
Select On or Off.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows the selection of what
type of feedback is given when
locking the vehicle with the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
Horn Only, or Off.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows the selection of which
doors will unlock when pressing K
on the RKE transmitter.
Select All Doors or Driver Door
Only. When set to Driver Door Only,
the driver door will unlock the first
time Kis pressed and all doors will
unlock when Kis pressed a second
time. When set to All Doors, all of
the doors will unlock with the first
press of K.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.
Select All Doors or Driver
Door Only.
Passive Door Lock
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects
feedback. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on
page 2-3.
Select On with Horn Chirp, On,
or OFF.
Remote Left in Veh. Reminder
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle.
Select On or Off.
Return to Factory Settings?
Select to return all vehicle
personalization to the default
settings.
Select Yes or No.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
5-38 Instruments and Controls
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Lighting 6-1
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Fog Lamps .................... 6-3
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-5
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:
O(Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off
or on again.
AUTO (Automatic): Automatic
operation of the headlamps at
normal brightness and other exterior
lamps.
;(Parking Lamps): Turns on the
parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps.
5(Headlamps): Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
The headlamps must be on for this
feature to work.
Push the turn signal lever away
from you to turn the high beams on.
The 3indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.
Push the lever away from you to
return to low beams.
Flash-to-Pass
To flash the high beams, pull the
lever toward you. The lamps remain
on high beam as long as the lever
is held.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
6-2 Lighting
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during
the day.
The DRL system makes the
headlamps come on at a reduced
brightness when the following
conditions are met:
.The engine is running.
.The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
.Shift lever is out of (P) position.
.The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
instrument panel lights, and other
lamps will not be on.
The headlamps automatically switch
from DRL to the regular headlamps
depending on the darkness of the
surroundings. See “Automatic
Headlamp System”following.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to Oand then release.
Automatic Headlamp
System
When it is dark enough outside and
the exterior lamp control is in the
automatic position, the headlamps
and parking lamps will turn on and
off automatically. See Exterior Lamp
Controls on page 6-1.
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor; otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps turn off.
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to Por the ignition
is off.
The automatic headlamp system
defaults to on with each ignition
cycle.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Lighting 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers
|(Hazard Warning Flasher):
Press this button on the center
stack near the audio system, to
make the front and rear turn signal
lamps flash on and off. Press again
to turn the flashers off.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The turn signal can be turned off
manually by moving the lever back
to its original position.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses on
page 10-26.
Fog Lamps
To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition
and the headlamps or parking lamps
must be on.
If the fog lamps are turned on while
the exterior lamp control is in the
AUTO position, the headlamps
come on automatically.
#(Fog Lamps): Press to turn on
or off. An indicator light on the
instrument cluster comes on when
the fog lamps are on.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
6-4 Lighting
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D(Instrument Panel
Brightness): Move the
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
or dim the instrument panel controls
and infotainment display screen.
Dome Lamps
The dome lamps are in the
overhead console.
+(On/Off): Press to turn the lamp
on or off.
4(Door): Press to automatically
turn on the lamps when a door is
opened, the vehicle is unlocked,
or the ignition is turned off.
When the interior lamps are set to
door activated, they operate
automatically only when it is dark.
The lamps dim to off after all doors
are closed. They turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. They turn off immediately
if the ignition is turned on and all
doors are closed.
Reading Lamps
Front Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
Press (or )to turn the lamp
on or off.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Lighting 6-5
Rear Reading Lamps
The rear reading lamps are in the
headliner.
Press (or )to turn the lamp
on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
The headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, back-up lamps, and most
of the interior lamps turn on briefly
when Kis pressed on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
After about 30 seconds the exterior
lamps turn off, and then the dome
and remaining interior lamps will dim
to off.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights”under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Exit Lighting
The exterior lamps will illuminate an
area with limited lighting for a set
amount of time when the ignition is
turned to LOCK/OFF.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Battery Power Protection
To prevent the battery from being
drained, the glove box, trunk, and
reading lamps automatically turn off
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off.
The lamps are reactivated if any of
the following occur:
.The ignition is turned on.
.The vehicle is unlocked.
.The trunk is opened.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
6-6 Lighting
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Overview...................... 7-2
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . 7-14
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . 7-22
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . 7-27
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Navigation
Using the Navigation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Maps ........................ 7-46
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
OnStar
®
Destination
Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Global Positioning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Problems with Route
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
If the System Needs
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Database Coverage
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Bluetooth Phone/Devices
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-2 Infotainment System
Introduction
Infotainment
Read the following pages to
become familiar with the
infotainment system features.
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
extended periods could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death
to you or others. Do not give
extended attention to infotainment
tasks while driving.
This system provides access to
many audio and non-audio listings.
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
.Become familiar with the
operation and controls of the
audio system.
.Set up the tone, speaker
adjustments, and preset radio
stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 9-3.
{Caution
Contact your dealer before adding
any equipment.
Adding audio or communication
equipment could interfere with the
operation of the engine, radio,
or other systems, and could
damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-18 for more
information.
Overview
Read the following pages to
become familiar with the
infotainment system features.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help with this
by disabling some functions when
driving. A grayed out function is not
available when the vehicle is
moving.
All functions are available when the
vehicle is parked. Before driving:
.Become familiar with the
infotainment system operation,
buttons on the faceplate, and
touch-sensitive screen buttons.
.Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
.Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command for vehicles equipped
with phone capability.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-3
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
the infotainment or navigation
system could cause a crash.
You or others could be injured or
killed. Do not give extended
attention to these tasks while
driving. Limit glances at the
vehicle displays and focus your
attention on driving. Use voice
commands whenever possible.
See Defensive Driving on page 9-3
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-18
Customer Assistance
Assistance is available to help with
Bluetooth pairing, application
downloading and installation, other
mobile device interface, and
operation support of the
infotainment system. Specialists are
available when calling this
Customer Assistance number:
U.S. (855) 4 SUPPORT (478-7767).
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-4 Infotainment System
Infotainment System Overview
The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons, touch screen,
steering wheel controls, and voice recognition.
See Using the System on page 7-6.
1. SRCE (Source)
2. HOME
3. VOL/O(Volume/Power)
4. v/>(Phone/Mute)
5. FAV (Favorites)
6. ©SEEK
7. Disc Slot (CD)
8. SEEK ¨
9. NAV (Navigation)
10. BACK/
11. TUNE/MENU
12. DEST (Destination)
13. RPT (Repeat)
14. ZEject
Infotainment Control Buttons
The buttons on the faceplate are
used to start primary functions while
using the infotainment system.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-5
SRCE (Source): Press to change
the audio sources such as AM-FM
Radio, SiriusXM
®
(if equipped),
and AUX.
HOME: Press to go to the Home
Page. See “Home Page”in this
section.
VOL/O(Volume/Power):
.Turn to adjust the volume.
.Press to turn the system on
and off.
v/>(Phone/Mute):
.Press to enter the phone main
screen.
.Press and hold to mute or
unmute the infotainment system.
See Bluetooth on page 7-75.
FAV (Favorites): Press to display
the current favorite page number
above the preset buttons. Keep
pressing to scroll through the
favorites pages. The stored stations
for each list display on the bottom of
the screen. The number of preset
Favorite Pages can be changed by
pressing the Config button on the
Home Page, then pressing Radio
Settings, and then pressing Number
of Favorite Pages.
©SEEK:
.USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
to seek to the beginning of the
current or previous track. If the
track has been playing for less
than five seconds, it seeks the
previous track. If longer than
five seconds, the current track
starts from the beginning.
.USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
and hold to quickly reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. See USB on page 7-34.
.AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped): Press to seek to the
previous strong station.
¨SEEK:
.USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
to seek the next track.
.USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
and hold to fast forward through
a track.
.AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped): Press to seek to the
next strong station.
NAV (Navigation):
.Press to view the vehicle's
current position on the map
screen.
.Continue pressing to cycle
through the full map and split
screens.
BACK/:Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
TUNE/MENU:
.Turn to manually tune to a radio
station.
.Turn to highlight a feature. Press
to activate the highlighted
feature.
DEST (Destination):
.Press to enter a destination.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-6 Infotainment System
.If a destination has already been
entered, press to access the
Destination Menu. See
Destination on page 7-48.
RPT (Repeat): Press to repeat the
last voice guidance prompt.
Touch Screen Buttons
Touch screen buttons are on the
screen and highlighted when a
feature is available. Some toggle
screen buttons highlight when active
and gray out when inactive.
Using the System
The infotainment system is
controlled by touching the screen,
and by using the knobs and other
buttons.
Voice recognition, through the
steering wheel controls, can be
used to control the infotainment
features.
Press b/gon the steering wheel
controls to begin voice recognition.
See Voice Recognition on
page 7-68.
Home Page
Touch Screen Buttons
The Home Page allows access to
many of the features.
Back: Press to return to the
previous page.
Home: Press to go back to the
Home Page.
Fav: Press to display a page of
stored favorite AM, FM,
or SiriusXM
®
(if equipped) stations.
Keep pressing Fav to scroll through
the favorite pages.
More r:This button may display
depending on the number of options
stored on Home Page. Press to go
to the next page.
qPrevious: Press to go to the
previous page.
Nextr:Press to go to the
next page.
Home Page Customization
The first Home Page can be
customized.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-7
To add screen buttons:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press Customize.
3. Press a screen button to add or
remove from the first Home
Page. A hindicates it will be
displayed. The maximum
number of buttons on Home
Page 1 is eight.
4. Press Done.
To move screen buttons:
1. Press Sort.
2. Press an icon to move.
3. Press an icon to swap with.
4. Press Done.
To restore Home Page 1 defaults:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press Restore Home Page
Defaults.
3. Press Yes or Cancel.
Home Page Features
Touch screen buttons are
highlighted when a feature is
available.
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
Press the Now Playing screen
button to display the active source
page. The sources available are
AM, FM, SiriusXM
®
(if equipped),
USB/iPod, Pandora (if equipped),
Stitcher, and AUX.
See AM-FM Radio on page 7-11,
Satellite Radio on page 7-15,
Pandora Internet Radio on
page 7-22,Stitcher Internet Radio
on page 7-27, and Auxiliary Devices
on page 7-40.
Press the Navigation screen button
to display a map of your current
vehicle position. See Using the
Navigation System on page 7-42,
Maps on page 7-46,Navigation
Symbols on page 7-46, and
Configure Menu on page 7-60.
Press the Destination screen button
to display the Destination Entry
home page or the Destination Menu.
The available screen buttons
provide easy access to a variety of
ways to enter a destination. See
Destination on page 7-48.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-8 Infotainment System
Press the Phone screen button to
display the Phone main page. See
Bluetooth on page 7-75.
Press the Config screen button to
display the Config main page. From
this display, adjust features such as
time and date, radio, phone,
navigation, vehicle, and display. See
Configure Menu on page 7-60.
Press the Tone screen button to
display the Tone main page. Adjust
the tone and speakers by pressing
the screen buttons to change the
levels of sound for treble, midrange,
bass, fade, and balance. See
AM-FM Radio on page 7-11.
Press the Pictures screen button to
view pictures on your USB drive or
SD card. Pictures on the SD card
can only be viewed through a USB
adapter.
Press the FM screen button to
display the FM main page and play
the current or last tuned FM station.
See AM-FM Radio on page 7-11.
Press the AM screen button to
display the AM main page and play
the current or last tuned AM station.
See AM-FM Radio on page 7-11.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-9
Press the XM screen button (if
equipped) to display the XM main
page and play the current or last
tuned SiriusXM channel. See
AM-FM Radio on page 7-11 and
Satellite Radio on page 7-15.
Press the Pandora screen button (if
equipped) to display the Pandora
home page and stream
personalized radio stations based
on artists, songs, genres, and
comedians. See Pandora Internet
Radio on page 7-22.
Press the Stitcher screen button (if
equipped) to display the Stitcher
home page and stream news,
sports, and entertainment shows
through the audio system. See
Stitcher Internet Radio on
page 7-27.
Press the EBluetooth screen button
to display the Bluetooth Audio main
page to play music through a
Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth
Audio on page 7-41.
Press the iPod screen button to
display the iPod main page and play
the current or last track selected.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7-40.
Press the USB screen button to
display the USB main page and play
the current or last track selected.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7-40.
Press the AUX screen button to
access any connected auxiliary
device. See Auxiliary Devices on
page 7-40.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-10 Infotainment System
Press the Weather screen button (if
equipped) to display the weather
main page. Select other
weather-related options from that
list. See “SiriusXM Travel Link
Weather”under Satellite Radio on
page 7-15.
Press the Fuel screen button (if
equipped) to display detailed
nationwide fuel price. See “SiriusXM
Travel Link Fuel Prices”under
Satellite Radio on page 7-15
Press the Movies screen button (if
equipped) to show detailed local
movie theater listings, start times,
and ratings if available. See
“SiriusXM Travel Link Movie
Listings”in Satellite Radio on
page 7-15.
Press the Quick Info screen button
to access information on Audio
playing. See Quick Info on
page 7-22.
Press the Messages screen button
(if equipped) to display the Text
Message Inbox. See Text
Messaging on page 7-82.
If equipped, this feature is available
through the Apps button on the
radio Home Page. Downloading and
using Apps requires a Wi-Fi Internet
connection as part of a smartphone
or other mobile device data service
plan. On most smartphones,
activation is in the Settings menu
under Mobile Network Sharing,
Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,
Wi-Fi Hotspot, or similar. After
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-11
activation of Wi-Fi on the
smartphone, press the Apps button
on the radio Home Page. Follow the
prompts to configure the Internet
connection and set up an account.
See www.chevrolet.com/mylink
(U.S.) or www.mylink.chevrolet.ca
(Canada).
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
{Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the warranty.
Software Updates
See the websites for more
information.
Website Information
In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com
In Canada, see
www.chevrolet.gm.ca
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
VOL/O(Volume/Power):
.Press to turn the radio on or off.
.Turn to increase or decrease the
volume of the active source.
The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
Radio Operation
The radio will work when the key is
in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. When the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
the radio will continue to work for
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.
The radio can be turned on by
pressing the power button on the
radio and will stay on for
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-12 Infotainment System
10 minutes. Opening the driver door
will not turn the radio off when
pressing the power button.
Some radios may stay on longer
and reset the time for 10 minutes if
there are any additional presses of
any radio button.
The radio can be turned off at any
time by pressing the power button.
Audio Source
Press SRCE or SRC on the steering
wheel controls to display and scroll
through the available sources AM,
FM, XM (if equipped), Pandora (if
equipped), Stitcher, USB, AUX, and
Bluetooth Audio.
Infotainment System Settings
Tone Settings
To access the tone settings, press
the Tone Settings button on the
Home Page. Tone settings are
specific to each source.
To adjust the settings:
.Bass: Press + or −to change
the level.
.Mid (Midrange): Press + or −to
change the level.
.Treble: Press + or −to change
the level.
.EQ: Press or turn the TUNE/
MENU knob to cycle through the
preset EQ options.
.Fade: Press the F or R button
for more sound from the front or
rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the front and rear
speakers.
.Balance: Press the L or R button
for more sound from the left or
right speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the left and right
speakers.
Finding a Station
Press SRCE or SRC on the steering
wheel controls to select AM, FM,
XM, Pandora (if equipped), Stitcher,
USB, AUX, and Bluetooth Audio.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to find
a radio station. To select a preset
station, press FAV to scroll through
the favorite pages and then press a
preset button on the radio or the
screen button.
Seeking a Station
Press ©SEEK or SEEK ¨to search
for a station.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-13
AM
1. Press the AM screen button on
the Home Page or select AM by
pressing SRCE or SRC on the
steering wheel controls, or say
“Tune AM”or “AM”through voice
recognition.
2. Press the Menu screen button to
display the AM stations or
categories.
3. Press to select an option. To
update the station list, press
Refresh.
FM
1. Press the FM screen button on
the Home Page or select FM by
pressing SRCE or SRC on the
steering wheel controls, or say
“Tune FM”or “FM”through voice
recognition.
2. Press the Menu screen button to
display the FM stations or
categories.
3. Press to select an option. To
update the station list, press
Refresh.
XM (If Equipped)
1. Press the XM screen button on
the Home Page or select XM by
pressing SRCE or SRC on the
steering wheel controls, or say
“Tune XM”or “XM”through voice
recognition.
2. Press the Menu screen button to
display the SiriusXM categories.
3. Press a category and then turn
the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll
the station list. Press to select
an option.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-14 Infotainment System
Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 36 preset stations can be
stored. AM, FM, and XM can be
mixed.
1. From the AM, FM, or XM main
page, press and hold any of the
1–6 buttons or one of the preset
screen buttons at the bottom of
the screen. After a few seconds,
a beep is heard and the new
preset information displays on
that screen button.
2. Repeat for each preset.
Mixed-Band Presets
Each favorite page can store
six preset stations. The presets
within a page can be different radio
bands.
To scroll through the pages, press
the Fav screen button on the top
bar. The current page number
displays above the preset buttons.
The stored stations for each favorite
page display on the preset buttons.
To change the number of favorite
pages displayed:
1. Press Config on the
Home Page.
2. Press Radio Settings.
3. Press Number of Favorite
Pages.
Recalling a Preset Station
To recall a preset station from a
favorites page, do one of the
following:
.Press the Fav screen button at
the top bar to display the preset
pop-up. Press one of the preset
screen buttons to go to the
selected preset station.
.In the AM, FM, or XM main
page, press one of the preset
screen buttons to go to the
selected preset station.
Radio Data System (RDS)
RDS features are available for use
only on FM stations that broadcast
RDS information. With RDS, the
radio can:
.Seek to stations broadcasting
the selected type of
programming.
.Receive announcements
concerning local and national
emergencies.
.Display messages from radio
stations.
This system relies on receiving
specific information from these
stations and only works when the
information is available. It is
possible that a radio station could
broadcast incorrect information that
causes the radio features to work
improperly. If this happens, contact
the radio station.
When information is broadcast from
the current FM station, the station
name or call letters display on the
audio screen. RDS can provide a
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-15
program type (PTY) for current
programming and the name of the
program being broadcasted.
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio
Vehicles with a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
See www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
When SiriusXM is active, the
channel name, number, category
name, song title, and artist display
on the screen. SiriusXM may update
the background picture at any time.
Press the XM icon on the Home
Page to access the XM
Audio Menu.
TuneSelect
An alert will be sent when the radio
sees that search criteria on any XM
channel is met and offer the option
to tune to that song or artist. Up to
10 artists and songs can be saved
in the TuneSelect list.
To store an Artist or Song:
1. Press Menu when the Artist or
Song is on XM.
2. Select TuneSelect to access the
TuneSelect Menu.
3. Select Save Alert for Artist
Playing or Save Alert for Song
Playing.
4. Press OK to confirm.
To turn TuneSelect on or off:
1. Press Menu when in XM.
2. Select TuneSelect.
3. Select Alerts Active to turn the
alerts on or off.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-16 Infotainment System
To delete TuneSelect Alerts:
1. Press Menu when in XM.
2. Press Manage TuneSelect.
3. Press Delete Alerts.
4. Select the alert to delete.
5. Press OK to confirm.
SiriusXM Categories
SiriusXM channels are organized in
categories.
Adding or Removing XM
Categories
To customize which SiriusXM
categories are used and displayed
in the system:
1. Press CONFIG on the faceplate
or the Config screen button on
the Home Page.
2. Select Radio Settings from the
Settings Menu list.
3. Select XM Categories.
4. Select or deselect any category
to be used in XM mode.
A checkmark will indicate that
the category is selected.
Press Show All XM Categories to
restore all SiriusXM categories.
SiriusXM Channel Graphics
SiriusXM provides updated category
background graphics and the radio
will automatically update the screen.
SiriusXM may send updated
category graphics to the vehicle.
When this happens, the background
graphics may appear to be incorrect
but the radio will update once all of
the graphics have been downloaded
from SiriusXM.
To turn SiriusXM channel graphics
on or off:
1. Press HOME on the faceplate.
2. Select XM.
3. Press Menu on the XM Now
Playing Screen.
4. Press the XM Channel Art to
turn on or off.
NavTraffic
®
(If Equipped)
The navigation system might have a
SiriusXM NavTraffic receiver. It is a
subscription service provided
through SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM NavTraffic service.
Real-time traffic information is
provided to fully integrate the
navigation system to display current
traffic conditions for the chosen
route. See “Traffic Settings”in this
section for more information.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-17
A screen displays to indicate that
the SiriusXM NavTraffic subscription
is not activated.
If activated, traffic information
displays:
.Unscheduled traffic incident
data, such as accidents and
disabled vehicles.
.Scheduled traffic incident data,
such as road construction and
road closures.
.Traffic flow information (rate of
speed data). Flow data might not
be available in all markets.
Traffic information is delivered to the
vehicle by the SiriusXM Radio
satellites. SiriusXM NavTraffic
provides continuously updated
traffic information.
SiriusXM NavTraffic currently
broadcasts the traffic information for
many markets nationally. The
service may be available in more
cities in the future. Visit
www.xmnavtraffic.com for more
details on local coverage.
To access the traffic features, press
the Traffic button from the
Navigation Menu or map screen.
All Traffic Events: Press to view a
list of reported traffic conditions for
up to approximately 100 km (70 mi).
It could take some time to display
the information received.
The information is displayed with an
arrow and distance. The arrow
indicates the distance in a straight
line and the direction of the event
from the vehicle's current position.
Traffic Events on Route: Press to
display a list of reported traffic
conditions on the current route. The
button is toned down if no route is
active.
Traffic Settings: Press to
customize traffic options.
SiriusXM Travel Link (If
Equipped)
The infotainment system may have
SiriusXM
®
Travel Link. It is a
subscription service provided
through SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM Travel Link service.
When subscribed to SiriusXM Travel
Link, one or more services may be
available.
.Travel Link Fuel Prices: Detailed
nation wide fuel price information
may be available.
.Travel Link Movie Listings:
Detailed local movie theater
listings, start times, and ratings
may be available.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-18 Infotainment System
.Travel Link Weather: National
and Local Weather gives current
and forecasted weather.
For more detailed information and
coverage details on SiriusXM Travel
Link go to www.siriusxm.com.
SiriusXM Travel Link Fuel Prices
When SiriusXM Travel Link
information is available, the system
will display a list of fuel stations
close to the vehicle location. The list
will include fuel station name,
direction, distance and price. The
list can be sorted by distance or
price and there are four different
fuel types to choose from. As the
vehicle is moving, a direction arrow
and distance to fuel station will
update. The arrow represents the
direction to the gas station from the
current vehicle position. The
distance represents the straight line
distance between the vehicle
location and the fuel station.
From the Home Page, press the
Fuel button.
To change the fuel information on
the screen press the Fuel Menu
Button to:
.Sort Fuel Stations By Price or By
Distance: The default sort
method is by distance.
.Choose Fuel Type: The
available fuel types are Regular
(unleaded), Mid-Range,
Premium, and Diesel.
For more information on the fuel
station, select the fuel station name.
The screen will show the fuel station
name, address, phone number,
distance, amenities, and the last
time the fuel price was updated. If a
fuel station does not appear in the
list, it may be new or the price may
not have been updated in the past
24 hours.
If equipped with Navigation when
the fuel station is selected, see
Destination on page 7-48 for more
information of navigation routing
features.
Allow up to five minutes after turning
on the vehicle for the fuel
information to appear.
SiriusXM Travel Link Movie
Listings
When SiriusXM Travel Link
information is available the movie
feature provides movie showtimes
and theater information for movies
close to the vehicle location. The
Movie feature provides detailed
theater and movie information
including showtimes.
From the Home Page, press the
SiriusXM
®
Movie button. The
system displays the Movie and
Theater search page.
To search movies:
.Select the Movie field to choose
a movie name.
.Select the Theater field to
choose a specific theater.
.Select the Date field to choose
which date to search movies
and/or theaters.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-19
.Press the Search button to view
a list of movies or theaters.
When searching by movie, a list will
display movies to select. When a
movie is selected, a theater list will
appear with a direction arrow and
distance from the current vehicle
location. The direction and distance
will update every 10 seconds as the
vehicle is moving. The direction
arrow represents the location of the
theater from the current vehicle
location. The distance represents
the straight line distance between
the vehicle location and the theater.
Movie details are available when a
movie is selected. The details
include Cast, Synopsis, and Theater
Information. Select the appropriate
button to display more information.
Cast and Synopsis:
.Playtime
.Rating (G, PG-13, R, etc.)
.Theater Name
.Showtimes
Theater information includes
address, phone number, distance,
and amenities.
SiriusXM Travel Link Weather
Whether near home or on a long
road trip, detailed weather
information is available. SiriusXM
Travel Link Weather uses the same
sources that professional pilots and
mariners rely on.
From the Home Page, press the
Weather screen button. The system
displays the XM Weather Menu.
Some options may only be present
on vehicles equipped with
navigation.
3 Hour/6 Hour Forecast
The 3 Hour/6 Hour Forecast page
shows the current weather condition
in the city of the vehicle's current
position.
Allow up to 15 minutes for the
current weather in the area to
display.
5 Day Forecast
Press to show the extended 5 Day
forecast.
Forecast Along the Route
If a destination is set, weather
conditions can be viewed for up to
three locations along the route:
.Current vehicle position.
.Midway point from current
position to final destination.
.Current weather condition of the
destination city.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-20 Infotainment System
Nearby Ski Conditions
Select this option to view ski
conditions surrounding or nearby
the vehicle’s current location.
Location
Select this option to view weather
conditions around or in a specific
city entered by name or selected
from the map.
The options available are:
.Around Current Position
.Around Destination
.Select Weather Station
Current Weather Advisories
From the XM Weather Menu, press
the Current Weather Advisories
screen button to display any current
weather advisory warnings in effect
near the current position.
Troubleshooting
XM Travel Link services use the
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Signal and GPS
Satellite Signal to provide this
feature.
When the vehicle is started, it can
take up to five minutes for the radio
to receive the Travel Link services.
Travel Link Messages
No GPS signal: Move the vehicle
into a position that is visible to
the sky.
Acquiring Signal: Radio is
downloading the activation
information or not receiving a good
signal. Move the vehicle to open sky
and restart the vehicle.
No XM Signal: Reception is
blocked. Move the vehicle into
open sky.
Radio Reception
Frequency interference, and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-21
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble
on the radio.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
gives digital radio reception from
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
United States, and in Canada. Just
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.
Cellular Phone Usage
Cellular phone usage can cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
Backglass Antenna
The AM-FM antenna is integrated
with the rear window defogger in the
rear window. Do not scratch the
inside surface or damage the lines
in the glass. If the inside surface is
damaged, it could interfere with
radio reception. For proper radio
reception, the antenna connector
needs to be properly attached to the
post on the glass.
If attaching a cell phone antenna to
the glass, attach it between the grid
lines.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window antenna and/or the rear
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
{Caution
Do not apply aftermarket glass
tinting with metallic film. The
metallic film in some tinting
materials will interfere with or
distort the incoming radio
reception. Any damage caused to
the backglass antenna due to
metallic tinting materials will not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Multi-Band Antenna
The roof antenna is for SiriusXM
Satellite Radio Service,OnStar
®
(if
equipped), and GPS (Global
Positioning System). Keep clear of
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-22 Infotainment System
obstructions for clear reception.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
open, reception can also be
affected.
Quick Info
Quick Info gives access to quick
information on Audio playing,
OnStar Turn-by-Turn route (if
equipped), 5-day forecast, Nearby
Fuel Stations, and Movie Show
Times.
To access, press Quick Info on the
Home Page or the INFO button on
the faceplate. Depending on the
system and if the options are
available for that region, some
options may be grayed out.
Audio Info: Displays information
on the current item playing.
OnStar Turn by Turn: Displays
the next maneuver in a route. See
OnStar
®
Destination Download on
page 7-59.
5-day Forecast: Displays the
5-day forecast for the weather
station closest to the current
location. See “SiriusXM Travel Link
Weather”in Satellite Radio on
page 7-15.
Nearby Fuel Stations: Displays
fuel prices and distances for close
fuel stations. See “SiriusXM Travel
Link Fuel Prices”under “SiriusXM
Travel Link (If Available)”in Satellite
Radio on page 7-15.
Movie Showtimes: Displays a list
of movies playing in the theaters
closest to the current location. See
“SiriusXM Travel Link Movie
Listings”under “SiriusXM Travel
Link (If Available)”in Satellite Radio
on page 7-15.
Pandora Internet Radio
Pandora (if equipped) is a free
Internet radio service that streams
personalized radio stations based
on artists, songs, genres, and
comedians. Create stations using
the Pandora website or smartphone
application, then use -(thumbs up)
or ,(thumbs down) to personalize
stations. To set up an account, or for
more information, go to
www.pandora.com.
A phone or tablet with Internet
connection and the Pandora
application installed is required.
Personal cell phone data plans are
used. Make sure the latest version
is installed on the device and the
volume is turned up.
To install Pandora:
.On an Android™phone or
Android Tablet, go to the Android
Play Store, and search for
Pandora. Install to the phone,
not to the SD card.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-23
.On a BlackBerry
®
phone, go to
the BlackBerry App World™and
search for Pandora.
.On an iPhone
®
, iPad
®
, or iPod
touch
®
, go to the iTunes
®
Store
and search for Pandora.
Launching Pandora
Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod
touch to the USB port, or connect
an Android or BlackBerry through
Bluetooth. See Auxiliary Devices on
page 7-40 or Bluetooth on
page 7-75. For first-time use, set up
stations before connecting to the
vehicle. The Pandora icon will be
available on the Home Page and
the source pop-up displays if the
latest application is installed on the
device.
Using the iPhone, iPod Touch,
or iPad
1. Plug the device into the USB
port. The phone screen must be
unlocked.
2. To launch, do one of the
following:
.Launch the application on
the device.
.Press Pandora on the
Home Page.
.Press b/gand say
“Pandora”or “Tune
Pandora.”
.Accept any notification on
the screen of the device.
To relaunch Pandora, press SRCE
or SRC on the steering wheel
controls.
If nothing happens when the
available Pandora screen button is
pressed, download the latest
Pandora application and retry.
Pandora will always be highlighted
on the Home Page when an iPhone,
iPad, or iPod touch is connected
using the USB port. To use, log into
your account.
If the “Please See Device”message
is shown, the login screen may
display on the device.
If the “Please Unlock the Phone or
Restart the App and Try Again”
message is shown, then the phone
may be locked. Unlock the phone,
close the app, then restart the app
and make sure the Home Page is
visible on the phone/device.
If the vehicle is shut off while tuned
to Pandora and the iPhone, iPad,
or iPod touch is left connected to
the USB port before the next ignition
cycle, the radio will start playing
Pandora when the vehicle is started.
If Pandora is shut down on the
phone or another audio app is used,
Pandora may not start on the next
ignition cycle. If iPod source is
selected, it may show iPod and then
switch to Pandora.
Using an Android Phone
1. Pair the Android phone using
Bluetooth.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-24 Infotainment System
2. Use one of the following to
launch:
.Launch the application on
the device.
.Press Pandora on the
Home Page.
.Press b/gand say
“Pandora”or “Tune
Pandora.”
After Pandora has been launched,
press SRCE or SRC on the steering
wheel controls to access Pandora
features.
If nothing happens when the
available Pandora screen button is
pressed, download the latest
Pandora application and retry.
If the “Please See Device”message
is shown, the login screen may
display on the device.
If the "Please unlock your phone or
restart the app" message is shown,
then the phone may be locked.
Unlock the phone, close the app,
then restart the app to ensure
proper communication.
Using a BlackBerry Phone
The phone must be unlocked. To
launch Pandora service:
1. Pair the BlackBerry phone using
Bluetooth.
2. Use one of the following to
launch:
.Launch the application on
the device.
.Press Pandora on the
Home Page.
.Press b/gand say
“Pandora”or “Tune
Pandora.”
After Pandora has been launched,
press SRCE or SRC on the steering
wheel controls to access Pandora
features.
If nothing happens when the
available Pandora screen button is
pressed, download the latest
Pandora application and retry.
If the “Please See Device”message
is shown, the login screen may
display on the device.
If the "Please unlock your phone or
restart the app" message is shown,
then the phone may be locked.
Unlock the phone, close the app,
and then restart the app to ensure
proper communication.
Pandora Menus
Press Menu on the Pandora
main page.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-25
Pandora has a menu system with
the following:
Shuffle: Press to play the stations
in random order.
User-Created Stations: Press to
play a user-created station.
Pandora Features
Pandora has features to rate tracks,
skip tracks, or change stations.
}(Bookmarks): Press while
playing a track to bookmark either
the track or the artist. Bookmarks
are viewable on www.pandora.com.
,(Thumbs Down): When
pressed, Pandora stores the
information, changes to the next
track, and does not play the track on
this station again. This helps
Pandora choose which tracks
should not play on this station. This
feature is only available on
user-created stations.
-(Thumbs Up): When pressed,
Pandora stores this information and
-is highlighted for the remainder of
the track. This helps Pandora
choose which tracks should play on
this station.
l(Next Track): When pressed,
Pandora changes to the next track.
J(Play/Pause): Press on the
radio to pause playback. Press
again to resume.
Tuning Pandora Stations: When
Pandora is playing, use the b/g
button on the steering wheel to tune
to any Pandora Station on the
device.
1. Press the b/gbutton on the
steering wheel.
2. Say “Tune Pandora <Classic
Rock> Radio.”
Pandora voice control will not work
until Pandora is launched the first
time during that ignition cycle.
Pandora Skip Limit
Pandora limits the number of skips
allowed on their service. When the
skip limit is reached, ,will not skip
the currently playing track, but ,
feedback will be recorded.
Pandora Advertisement
Pandora may display
advertisements. Artist name and
track title will not be displayed and
the skip track button is not
available.
Switching Between Pandora and
Stitcher
To switch between Pandora and
Stitcher, press the application icon
on the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-26 Infotainment System
This is not required for Android
devices. See Stitcher Internet Radio
on page 7-27.
Pandora Troubleshooting
Unable to Connect Device to
Vehicle
If the device is unable to connect to
the USB or Bluetooth:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the key from the
ignition.
3. Open and close the driver door,
wait about 30 seconds, and try
to connect the device again.
Unable to Start Pandora
If the device is unable to launch
Pandora:
.Check that the latest version of
Pandora is installed.
.Check that there is an active
account logged into Pandora.
.Have at least one station
created.
.For Android and BlackBerry
devices, check that the device is
paired with the vehicle, and the
Bluetooth icon on the display is
highlighted.
.For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad
devices, check that the USB
cable is connected to the USB
port and the screen is unlocked.
.Close Pandora on the device
and launch again. Devices that
allow multitasking may require
an extra step to quit the Pandora
application. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down
Error
If there is an error trying to rate a
track with the ,or -buttons, an
error message will display. Press
OK to retry.
Loss of Audio
Loss of Pandora audio can happen
in different ways:
.Weak or lost data connection.
.Device needs to be charged.
.Application needs to be
relaunched.
.Connection between phone and
radio lost.
.If any iPhone, iPod touch,
or iPad is connected to
Bluetooth and the dock
connector, go to the Airplay icon
on the device and select dock
connector or disconnect and
reconnect the dock connector on
the device.
.The volume is too low. Turn up
the volume on the device.
.The battery saver and task
manager applications on the
phone can cause Pandora to
function incorrectly. Remove
those apps from the phone or
remove Pandora and Bluetooth
from the task lists.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-27
If the connection is lost between the
application and device, a message
“Please unlock your phone or restart
the phone app and try again”will
display. Press OK to retry.
If pressing OK does not clear the
issue on the phone, see “Please
Unlock Your Phone or Restart
Phone App and Try Again”under
"Common Pandora Messages"
following.
Common Pandora Messages
Please See Device: When not
logged in or when authentication
failed, see the device. Press OK to
continue.
Paused or Audio Paused:
Playback is paused on the radio or
the device. Press Jor play on the
device.
No Stations Found: Logged in but
no stations have been created.
Press OK to continue.
Please Unlock Your Phone or
Restart Phone App and Try
Again: Communication failure
between the radio and the phone
application, or the device is locked.
Devices that allow multitasking may
require an extra step to quit the
Pandora application. Close Pandora
on the device and launch again.
Unlock the phone and check that
Home Page is displayed on the
phone/device.
See the cell phone manufacturer's
user guide.
See www.pandora.com/help for
more information. If the service will
not work, see your dealer for
assistance.
Stitcher Internet Radio
Stitcher SmartRadio™is an Internet
radio service that streams news,
sports, and entertainment shows
through the audio system. Create
personalized, on-demand stations or
discover new shows through
Stitcher's preset stations. To set up
an account, download the
application from the Android Market
or iTunes Store, or go to
www.stitcher.com.
A phone or tablet with Internet
connection is required for this
application. Personal cell phone
data plans are used. Make sure the
latest version is installed on the
device and the volume on the
device is turned up.
BlackBerry phones are not
supported for this application.
To install Stitcher:
.On an Android phone or Tablet
with Internet connection, go to
the Android Play Store, search
for Stitcher, and install to the
phone, not to the SD card.
.On an iPhone, iPad, or iPod
touch, go to the iTunes Store
and search for Stitcher.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-28 Infotainment System
Launching Stitcher
Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod
touch to the USB port, or connect
Android through Bluetooth. See
Auxiliary Devices on page 7-40 or
Bluetooth on page 7-75. For
first-time use, set up the stations
before connecting to the vehicle.
The Stitcher icon will be available
on the Home Page and source
pop-up displays if the latest
application is installed on the
device.
Using the iPhone, iPod Touch,
or iPad
1. Plug the device into the USB
port. The phone screen must be
unlocked.
2. Use one of the following to
launch:
.Press the application on the
device.
.Press Stitcher on the
Home Page.
.Press b/gand say
“Stitcher”or “Tune Stitcher.”
.Accept any notification on
the screen of the device.
3. If Stitcher does not begin
playing, select a category and
then a station.
After Stitcher has been launched,
press SRCE or SRC on the steering
wheel controls to access Stitcher
features.
If nothing happens when the
available Stitcher screen button is
pressed, download the latest
Stitcher application and retry.
Stitcher will always be highlighted
on the Home Page when an iPhone,
iPad, or iPod touch is connected
using the USB port. To use, log into
your account.
If the “Please See Device”message
is shown, the login screen may
display on the device.
If the "Please unlock your phone or
restart the app" message is shown,
then the phone may be locked.
Unlock the phone, close the app,
then restart the app to make sure
the Home Page is visible on the
phone/device.
Using an Android Phone
1. Pair the Android phone using
Bluetooth.
2. Use one of the following to
launch:
.Press the application on the
device.
.Press Stitcher on the
Home Page.
.Press b/gand say
“Stitcher”or “Tune Stitcher.”
3. If Stitcher does not begin
playing, select a category and
then a station.
After Stitcher has been launched,
press SRCE or SRC on the steering
wheel controls to access Stitcher
features.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-29
If nothing happens when the
available Stitcher screen button is
pressed, download the latest
Stitcher application and retry.
If the “Please See Device”message
is shown, the login screen may
display on the device.
If the “Please unlock your phone or
restart the app”message is shown,
then the phone may be locked.
Unlock the phone, close the app,
then restart the app to ensure
proper communication.
Stitcher Menus
Press Menu on the Stitcher
main page.
Stitcher has a menu system with the
following:
My On Demand Stations: Displays
a list of favorite stations and shows.
Select and store programs as
favorites on the device. Favorite
station lists can be created to
include favorite shows which can be
accessed through My On Demand
Stations.
Stitcher Station Categories:
Displays categories by topic.
When a category then sub-category
is selected, the radio will start
playing the first program in that
sub-category.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
display the first 24 stations of that
sub-category.
Current Station Playlist: While
listening to a show, turn the TUNE/
Menu knob to display the menu list
of shows available for the current
station.
Stitcher Features
Stitcher service has features to rate
or skip shows, or change stations.
q(Favorites): When pressed, the
current show is added to the
favorites station.
,(Thumbs Down): When
pressed, Stitcher changes to the
next show. This helps Stitcher
provide a personalized listening
experience.
-(Thumbs Up): When pressed,
Stitcher stores this information and
-is highlighted for the remainder of
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-30 Infotainment System
the show. This helps Stitcher
provide a personalized listening
experience.
l(Next Show): When pressed,
Stitcher changes to the next show.
J(Play/Pause): Press on the
radio to pause playback. Press
again to resume.
Stitcher Advertisement
Stitcher may display
advertisements. Artist name and title
may not display and the skip track
button is not available.
Stitcher Troubleshooting
Unable to Connect Device to
Vehicle
If the device is unable to connect to
the USB or Bluetooth:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the key from the
ignition.
3. Open and close the driver door,
wait about 30 seconds, and try
to connect the device again.
The battery saver and task manager
applications on the phone can
cause Stitcher to function
incorrectly. Remove those apps
from the phone or remove Stitcher
and Bluetooth from the task lists.
Unable to Start Stitcher
If the device is unable to launch
Stitcher:
.Check that the latest version of
Stitcher is installed.
.Check that there is an active
account logged into Stitcher.
.For Android devices, check that
the device is paired with the
vehicle, and the Bluetooth icon
on the display is highlighted.
.For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad
devices, check that the USB
cable is connected to the USB
port and the screen is unlocked
and the Home Page is showing.
.Close Stitcher on the device and
launch again. Devices that allow
multitasking may require an
extra step to quit the Stitcher
application. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
Loss of Audio
Loss of Stitcher audio can happen
due to:
.Weak or lost data connection.
.Device needs to be charged.
.Application needs to be
relaunched.
.Connection between phone and
radio is lost.
.If any iPhone, iPod touch,
or iPad is connected to
Bluetooth and the dock
connector, go to the Airplay icon
on the device and select dock
connector or disconnect and
reconnect the dock connector on
the device.
.The volume is too low. Turn up
the volume on the device.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-31
If the connection is lost between the
application and device, a message
“Please unlock your phone or restart
the phone app and try again”will
display. Press OK to retry.
If pressing OK does not clear the
issue, see “Please Unlock Your
Phone or Restart Phone App and
Try Again”under “Common Stitcher
Messages”following.
Common Stitcher Messages
Please Try Again Later: A general
error has occurred. A data
connection may be unavailable due
to a weak or lost signal or the
Stitcher service being temporarily
down. Press OK to continue.
Paused or Audio Paused:
Playback is paused on the radio or
the device. Press Jor play on the
device.
Please See Device: When the user
is not logged in or when
authentication failed, see the
device. Press OK to continue.
Disconnect the phone from the radio
and follow the Stitcher account login
process on the phone.
No Stations Found: Logged in but
no stations have been created.
Press OK to continue.
Please Choose a New Station:
The end of the station has been
reached and there is no more
content to play. Select a new station
through the Stitcher menu.
Please Unlock Your Phone or
Restart Phone App and Try
Again: Communication failure
between the radio and the phone
application or the device is locked.
See www.stitcher.com/help for more
information. If the service will not
work, send an e-mail to
feedback@stitcher.com or see your
dealer for assistance.
Pictures
Pictures can only be viewed using
USB devices. If pictures are on an
SD card, transfer to a USB device
or use a USB-SD adapter.
A maximum 5Mb uncompressed
photo size is supported, however to
achieve this, use a 4 Megapixel or
lower resolution camera setting.
Only jpeg, bmp, gif, and png files
are supported.
1. Press the Pictures screen button
on the Home Page.
2. The system does a search to
find the picture folders.
A“Please wait”message
displays until the search is
finished.
3. A list displays. Select a picture
to view.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-32 Infotainment System
4. Once a picture displays, the
following options are available:
Info: Press to turn file name
information on or off.
S:Press to display a previous
picture if not in slide show mode.
r:Press to toggle between slide
show mode and manual mode.
T:Press to display a next picture
if not in slide show mode.
E:Press to manually turn a
picture 90 degrees
counterclockwise.
Menu: Press to open the Picture
Viewer Settings screen. Slide
Picture Viewer Main, Slideshow
Timer, and Shuffle Images display
as options for configuring the view
of images stored in the system.
If the displayed picture screen is not
used within six seconds, the upper
and lower bar options will disappear.
Touch-tap the screen to re-display
the upper and lower bar.
Audio Players
CD Player
The CD player is capable of playing:
.Most audio CDs
.CD-R
.CD-RW
.MP3, unprotected WMA, and
AAC formats
When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality
may be reduced due to the disc, the
method of recording, the quality of
the music recorded, or how the disc
has been handled.
There may be increased skipping,
difficulty reading recorded tracks,
finding tracks, and/or loading and
ejecting. If these problems occur,
check the disc for damage or try a
known good disc.
To avoid damage to the CD player:
.Do not use scratched or
damaged discs.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-33
.Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the
player.
.Insert only one disc at a time.
.Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.
.Use a marking pen to label the
top of the disc.
Loading and Ejecting Discs
To load a disc:
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, right
side up. The player pulls it in the
rest of the way. If the disc is
damaged or improperly loaded,
there is an error and the disc
ejects.
The disc automatically plays once
loaded.
Press Zto eject a disc from the
CD player. If the disc is not removed
within a short period of time, it is
automatically pulled back into the
player.
Playing an Audio CD
1. Press the CD screen button on
the Home Page or select CD
from the source pop-up to
display the CD main page.
2. Press the Menu screen button to
display the menu options.
3. Press to select the option.
On the CD main page, the track
number displays and the Song,
Artist, and Album information
displays when available.
Use the following radio controls to
play the disc:
J(Play/Pause): Use to pause or
resume play.
This is not available on vehicles
with Navigation.
©SEEK:
.Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
fewer than five seconds, it seeks
to the previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the current
track starts from the beginning.
.Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
¨SEEK:
.Press to seek to the next track.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-34 Infotainment System
.Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
TUNE/MENU Knob: Turn to the
right or left to select the next or
previous track. Press the knob to
select from the list. If a track is
selected from the menu, the system
plays the track and returns to the
CD screen.
Error Messages
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
comes out, it could be due to:
.The disc has an invalid or
unknown format.
.The disc is very hot. Try the disc
again when the temperature
returns to normal.
.The road is very rough. Try the
disc again when the road is
smoother.
.The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
.The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later.
.There was a problem while
burning the disc.
.The label is caught in the CD
player.
If the CD is not playing correctly, try
a known good CD.
If any error continues, contact your
dealer.
USB
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage or Certified
Windows Vista
®
/Media Transfer
Protocol (MTP) device can be
connected to the USB port.
The USB port is in the center
console under the armrest.
The USB icon displays when the
USB device is connected.
USB Media Formats
The USB port will support the
following media formats:
.MP3
.Unprotected WMA
.Unprotected AAC
Other formats may be supported.
Gracenote
®
Gracenote technology embedded
into the radio helps manage and
navigate the USB device music
collection. When a USB device is
connected to the radio, Gracenote
identifies the music collection and
delivers the correct album, artist
name, genres, and cover art on the
screen. If information is missing,
Gracenote will fill it in.
Searching Music Library Using
Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition: Gracenote
improves music search and
navigation by identifying bands,
artists, and albums names that may
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-35
be hard to pronounce, irregular
spellings, and nicknames. For
example, Gracenote helps the
system understand artist names like
“INXS”or “Mötley Crüe.”It also
allows the use of names like: “The
Boss,” “G.N.R,” “The Fab Four,”and
thousands of other famous artist
nicknames as voice commands to
access music. See Voice
Recognition on page 7-68.
Normalization: Normalization helps
to improve the voice recognition
accuracy for titles that sound similar.
It also helps group long lists of
genres into 10 common genres. For
example, there may be multiple rock
genres in the media library;
normalization will group all those
into one rock genre. Normalization
default is off.
To turn Normalization on:
1. Press CONFIG or Config on the
Home Page.
2. Press Radio Settings, then press
Gracenote Options.
3. Press Normalization to turn on
or off.
Cover Art: The Gracenote
embedded database contains cover
art or album art information for the
music on the USB device. If the
music is recognized by Gracenote
and does have cover art, Gracenote
will use the cover art found in the
embedded database and display it
on the radio. User predefined cover
art will always be used first. If no
cover art is found Gracenote will
use generic Genre graphics or
images of artists.
More Like This
The Gracenote database contains
attributes for Music, such as genre,
era of music, region, artist type,
mood, etc. Use this to create a
playlist of up to 30 songs "more like"
currently listened to song. This
playlist will be stored in the Playlist
Menu when the device is
reconnected. If songs are removed
from the device, the system will
simply skip over those songs and
play the next available song.
Use the touch screen or voice
recognition to create a More Like
This Playlist. See “Voice
Recognition Commands”in Voice
Recognition on page 7-68.
Gracenote Indexing
While Gracenote is indexing,
infotainment features are available
including selecting music from the
menu. Voice recognition music will
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-36 Infotainment System
not be available until the radio has
completed indexing the device.
Devices with more music may take
longer to index. The device will
index when plugged into the radio
for the first time. When Indexing is
removed from the screen, the radio
is ready to support music search.
On the next connection or ignition
cycle, Indexing will show briefly on
the screen. The radio is searching
for changes to the device and
preparing the music list. If there are
no changes, the voice recognition
music search will be available. The
radio will index and store two
devices with up to 10,000 songs on
each device.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
.The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply
with the USB Mass Storage
Class specification (USB MSC).
.Hard disk drives are not
supported.
.The radio will not be able to play
back write-protected music.
.File system supported: FAT32.
.The following restrictions apply
for the data stored on a USB
MP3 player or USB device:
‐Maximum folder structure
depth: eight levels.
‐Maximum number of MP3/
WMA files that can be
displayed: 10,000.
‐Playlist entries must be in the
form of relative paths.
‐The system attribute for
folders/files that contain audio
data must not be set.
To play a USB device, do one of the
following:
.Connect the USB and it begins
to play.
.Press the Now Playing screen
button on the Home Page.
.Press SRCE to scroll until the
USB source screen is available.
.Press b/gon the steering
wheel controls to select songs
by Artist, Album, Song Title,
or Song Genre. See Voice
Recognition on page 7-68.
The following playlist formats are
supported:
.M3U (Standard and Extended)
.iTunes
.PLS (Standard)
.WAX
.ASX
.RMP
The radio supports plugging a cell
phone in as a USB drive as long as
the cell phone supports USB mass
storage class or has USB disc drive
support enabled.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-37
While the USB source is active, use
the following to operate USB
function:
TUNE/MENU Knob: Turn to scroll
through the list. Turn quickly to fast
scroll alphabetically through large
lists.
J(Play/Pause): Press to start,
pause, or resume play of the current
media source.
©SEEK (Previous/Reverse):
.Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, the
previous track plays. If playing
longer than five seconds, the
current track restarts.
.Press and hold to reverse
quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
¨SEEK (Next/Forward):
.Press to seek to the next track.
.Press and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
USB Menu
The following are available through
the USB Menu:
Shuffle: Press to play the tracks
randomly. Press again to stop
shuffle.
Play More Like This:
1. Press to automatically create a
playlist of songs that are like the
song currently playing.
2. The radio will show “Playlist
Creation Succeeded”and
continue playing the
current song.
Playlist Creation Failed may
appear if a song is not found in
the Gracenote Database.
Delete Automatic Playlist: Press
to delete a More Like this playlist.
Folders: Press to open a folder list
to access the files within the folder
structure.
Playlists:
1. Press to view the playlists on
the USB.
2. Select a playlist to view the list
of all songs in that playlist.
3. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Artists:
1. Press to view the list of artists
on the USB.
2. Select an artist name to view a
list of all albums by the artist.
3. To select a song, press Songs
List or press an album and then
select a song from the list.
Albums:
1. Press to view the albums on
the USB.
2. Select the album to view a list of
all songs on the album.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-38 Infotainment System
3. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Genres:
1. Press to view the genres on
the USB.
2. Select a genre to view a list of
all songs of that genre.
3. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Songs:
1. Press to display a list of all
songs on the USB.
2. Songs are displayed as they are
stored on the disc. To begin
playback, select a song from
the list.
File System and Naming
The songs, artists, albums, and
genres are taken from the file’s
song information and are only
displayed if present. The radio
displays the file name as the track
name if the song information is not
available.
Playing from an iPod
®
This feature supports the following
iPod models:
.iPod classic
®
(6th generation)
.iPod nano
®
(3G, 4G, 5G,
and 6G)
.iPod touch
®
(1G, 2G, 3G,
and 4G)
There may be problems with the
operation and function in the
following situations:
.When connecting an iPod on
which a more recent version of
the firmware is installed than is
supported by the infotainment
system.
.When connecting an iPod on
which firmware from other
providers is installed.
To connect an iPod:
1. Connect one end of the standard
iPod USB cable to the iPod's
dock connector.
2. Connect the other end to the
USB port in the center console.
iPod music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.
The iPod battery recharges
automatically while the vehicle is on.
The iPod shuts off and stops
charging when the vehicle is
shut off.
If the iPod is an unsupported model,
it can still be listened to in the
vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
iPod Menu
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-39
Use the iPod Menu to select:
Shuffle: Press to play the tracks
randomly. Press again to stop
shuffle.
Play More Like This: Allows the
radio to create playlists with songs/
tracks that are similar to what is
being listen to. The radio will create
a playlist with up to 30 similar
songs. The playlist will appear in the
Playlist category of the menu for
future listening.
1. Press to automatically create a
playlist of songs that are like the
song currently playing.
2. The radio will show "Playlist
Creation Succeeded" and
continue playing the
current song.
Delete Automatic Playlists: Press
to delete a More Like This playlist.
Playlists:
1. Press to view the playlists on
the iPod.
2. Select a playlist name to view a
list of all songs in the playlist.
3. Select the song from the list to
begin playback.
Artists:
1. Press to view the artists on
the iPod.
2. Select an artist name to view a
list of all albums with songs by
the artist.
3. Select an album.
4. Select the song from the list to
begin playback.
Albums:
1. Press to view the albums on
the iPod.
2. Select an album name to view a
list of all songs on the album.
3. Select the song from the list to
begin playback.
Songs:
1. Press to view a list of all songs
on the iPod.
2. Select the song from the list to
begin playback.
Genres:
1. Press to view the genres on
the iPod.
2. Select a genre name to view a
list of artists of that genre.
3. Select an artist to view all
albums of that genre.
Podcast:
1. Press to view the podcasts on
the iPod.
2. Select a podcast name to begin
playback.
Composers:
1. Press to view the composers on
the iPod.
2. Select the composer to view a
list of songs by that composer.
3. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-40 Infotainment System
Audio Books:
1. Press to view the audio books
on the iPod.
2. Select the audio book from the
list to begin playback.
Playing from an iPhone or iPad
This feature supports the following
iPhone or iPad models:
.iPhone
®
(2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, 4S,
and 5)
.iPad
®
(1G, 2G)
Follow the same instructions as
stated earlier for using an iPod. To
use voice recognition to play music,
say “Play USB,” “Play Artist,” “Play
Album,” “Play Song,”or “Play
Genre.”See Voice Recognition on
page 7-68.
iPhone, iPod Touch and iPad
Troubleshooting
When an iPhone, iPod touch,
or iPad are connected through USB
and Bluetooth, the audio may not be
heard when the iPod source on the
radio is selected. If a phone call is
received while listening to the iPod
source and there is no audio for the
iPod after the source, then go to the
Airplay icon on the device and
select dock connector or disconnect
and reconnect the dock connector
on the device.
Some functionality may differ based
on operating system version on
device.
USB Troubleshooting
If the device is not being recognized
or the music is missing screen
information, restore the radio
defaults:
1. Press Config.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Return to Factory
Settings.
4. Press Yes.
Pair the phone again and the device
will have to index again.
Bluetooth Audio and Voice
Recognition
See Bluetooth Audio on page 7-41
and Voice Recognition on page 7-68
for information using voice
recognition with Bluetooth audio.
Make sure all devices have the
latest software downloaded.
Auxiliary Devices
This vehicle has an auxiliary input
jack in the center console. Possible
auxiliary audio sources include:
.Laptop computer
.MP3 player
.Tape player
This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Set up any
auxiliary device while the vehicle is
in P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack. When a device
is connected, the system
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-41
automatically begins playing audio
from the device over the vehicle
speakers.
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, do one of
the following:
.Press SRCE to scroll all of the
available audio source screens,
until the AUX source screen is
selected.
.Say “Play Front AUX”using
voice recognition to play the
auxiliary device. See Voice
Recognition on page 7-68.
Bluetooth Audio
If equipped, music may be played
from a paired Bluetooth device. See
“Pairing a Phone/Device”under
Bluetooth on page 7-75.
To play music through a Bluetooth
device:
1. Power on the device, pair, and
connect the device.
2. Music can be launched by doing
one of the following:
.Press the Bluetooth Audio
screen button on the
Home Page.
.Press SRCE until Bluetooth
Audio is selected.
.Press the SRC button on
the steering wheel controls
until Bluetooth Audio is
selected. See Steering
Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
.Use voice recognition. See
Voice Recognition on
page 7-68.
The music can be controlled by
either the infotainment controls or
the controls on the device.
When a phone is connected to the
system through Bluetooth Audio the
phone notifications and sounds may
not be heard on the phone until
Bluetooth is disconnected.
Notification features may vary based
on the phone. Check the phone’s
manufacture information for
notification support.
Bluetooth Audio Menu
Press the Menu screen button and
the following may display:
Shuffle: Press the TUNE/MENU
knob to turn shuffle on or off. Not all
devices support the shuffle feature.
When selecting Bluetooth audio, the
Bluetooth device internal music
player may not open depending on
the status of the device. All devices
launch and play back audio
differently. Make sure the correct
audio source is playing on the
device for Bluetooth audio playback
on the radio. When the vehicle is
not moving, use the device to begin
playback.
When selecting Bluetooth audio as
a source, the radio may source to
Bluetooth Audio Paused screen and
no audio playing. Press play on the
device or press Jto begin
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-42 Infotainment System
playback. This may happen
depending on how the device
communicates over Bluetooth.
Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will
check to see if any album art is
available and display it.
When playing music on the radio
from a Bluetooth device, make sure
the Bluetooth device is unlocked
and the intended music application
is showing on the home screen.
For iPhone/iPod touch and iPad
devices, Bluetooth Audio will not
work if the device is connected
through the USB and Bluetooth at
the same time.
Navigation
Using the Navigation
System
Use the NAV button on the
faceplate or Navigation on the
Home Page to access the
navigation map.
Press the NAV button again to
change between alternative views of
the normal split and full map views.
The Menu screen button at the
bottom right side of the display
accesses the Navigation Menu.
The touch-sensitive buttons
available are:
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-43
Destination Entry
Press Destination Entry to display
the Destination home page. Select a
destination option. See Destination
on page 7-48.
Heading Indicator
Press Heading Indicator to display
the Map View. There are three
indicator settings:
.2D North Up: Displays North at
the top of the map screen
regardless of the direction the
vehicle is traveling.
.2D Heading Up: Displays the
direction the vehicle is traveling.
The shaded triangle icon points
North.
.3D Heading Up: Is the same as
2D Heading Up, but the map is
in 3D.
Map Modes
Press to change the view of the
maps while using the navigation
function. The system offers a variety
of full and split views. Some views
are only selectable when route
guidance is active.
An alternative method to change the
view of the maps would be to press
the map mode icon.
Map Settings
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-44 Infotainment System
Press Map Settings to display the
Map Display line item. Press Map
Display to select one of the
available options:
.Automatic
.Day
.Night
See Configure Menu on page 7-60.
Select Speed Limits to toggle the
speed limit display on or off.
Traffic
Press Traffic to display the Traffic
Menu. Press the desired option.
Options available are:
.All Traffic Events: Press to view
all reported traffic events while
on or off a planned route.
.Traffic Events on Route: Press
to view traffic events while on a
planned route.
.Traffic Settings: Press to
customize traffic options. This
feature can also be accessed by
pressing the traffic light screen
button displayed at the left lower
side of the map screen. See
Configure Menu on page 7-60 in
this section.
Nearby POIs
Press to display a search list of
nearby POIs. Select the
desired POI.
POIs Along Route
Press to display a search list of
POIs that lie along or near the route
to the destination. Select the
desired POI.
Show POIs on Map
Press to customize which major POI
categories are displayed on
the map.
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-45
Switch Route Time/Destination
Press to customize the arrival/travel
time and waypoint/destination
information displayed in the main
map screen.
Current Position Info
Press to display a split screen
showing detailed information about
the vehicle position. This feature
can also be accessed by pressing
the vehicle information tab on the
lower center of the display. The
location can be saved to the
Address Book by pressing Save in
the split screen.
Destination Position Info
Press to display a split map screen
showing the next waypoint/
destination. The location can be
saved to the Address Book by
pressing Save in the split screen.
Map Adjustments
The system lets you adjust the scale
of view on the map. Also, as you
drive, the map scrolls automatically
based on the direction of travel.
Map Scales
There are two methods to change
the map scale:
.Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
zoom out or in.
.Press the Map Scale + or −
button on the bottom corners of
the map screen to change the
zoom level.
The map scale bar times out if
the zoom level is not changed
within a few seconds.
The scale can be configured for
English or metric units. To change
from English to metric, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-21.
Scroll Features
.To scroll within the map, touch
anywhere on the map screen
and the scroll symbol displays.
.Tap the map to center at that
location on the screen.
.Press and hold the screen in any
direction outside the scroll
symbol to scroll the map in that
direction.
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-46 Infotainment System
.Scroll speed increases when
touching closer to the edge of
the screen.
.Press NAV on the faceplate to
exit map scrolling and return to
the current vehicle location on
the map.
Press the cycling arrows at the top
of the map screen to toggle from the
normal top bar (Home and Fav) to
the audio information bar.
Maps
This section includes basic
information about the map
database.
The data is stored in internal flash
memory that is used in the
navigation system.
Detailed Areas
Road network attributes are
contained in the map database for
detailed areas. Attributes include
information such as street names,
street addresses, and turn
restrictions. A detailed area includes
all major highways, service roads,
and residential roads. The detailed
areas include points of interest
(POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
banks, hospitals, police stations,
gas stations, tourist attractions, and
historical monuments. The map
database may not include data for
newly constructed areas or map
database corrections. The
navigation system provides full
route guidance in the detailed map
areas.
Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common
symbols that appear on a map
screen.
The vehicle symbol indicates the
current position and heading
direction of the vehicle on the map.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-47
The destination symbol marks the
final destination after a route has
been planned.
The waypoint symbol marks one or
more set waypoints.
A waypoint is a stopover destination
point added to the planned route.
The estimated time and distance to
the destination are displayed.
If waypoints have been added to the
current route, each waypoint
destination displays estimated time
and distance.
This symbol indicates that the map
view is North up: North up displays
North at the top of the map screen
regardless of the direction the
vehicle is traveling.
Select this screen symbol to change
the view to Heading up or 3D.
This symbol indicates that the map
view is Heading up.
Heading up view displays the
direction the vehicle is traveling at
the top of the map screen. The
shaded triangle indicates North.
Press this screen symbol to change
to 3D mode.
The 3D symbol is the same as the
Heading up symbol, but the map is
in 3D.
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-48 Infotainment System
The No GPS symbol appears when
there is no Global Positioning
System (GPS) satellite signal.
This symbol at the bottom of a map
screen changes the current map
mode screen.
This symbol on the right of the map
screen displays the speed limit
while on a route. The speed limit
may not be accurate due to
changes from the Department of
Transportation, the local
municipalities or older map data.
Always follow the posted speed limit
on the road.
Driving on a Route
Urgent Maneuver Alert
The system will give an indication
that the next maneuver is close.
Driving on a Highway
Driving on a Residential Road
Destination
If route guidance is not active, press
the Destination screen button on the
Home Page to access the
Destination Entry screen. Several
options can be selected to plan a
route by entering destinations.
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-49
Some destination entry items such
as Previous Destinations, Address
Book, and My Home may be grayed
out if no destination was previously
entered or saved.
Letters of the alphabet, symbols,
punctuation, and numbers, when
available, display on the navigation
screen as alpha/numeric keyboards.
The alpha keyboard displays when
data needs to be entered.
ABC or QUERTY: Press to toggle
between ABC or QUERTY keyboard
character layouts.
ÄÖ: Press to access an alternate
language keyboard.
Sym: Use to select symbols.
Space: Use to enter a space
between characters or the words of
a name.
Delete: Press to delete an incorrect
character that has been selected.
Address Entry
Press the Address screen button to
display the Address Entry screen.
Set a route by entering the state
name, city name, street name,
house number, and intersection.
If no state or province has been
entered previously, the city and
state fields are not available. Press
the screen button at the right of the
city name to select a state or
province.
If the state or province was
previously set and is displayed,
press the screen button at the right
of the city name to change the
selected state or province.
To make name selection easier, the
system highlights only characters
that are available after the
previously entered one.
State: Enter a state name.
City: Enter a city name.
Street: Enter a street name.
House #: Enter a valid address
number.
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-50 Infotainment System
Intersection: Enter a street name
that intersects with the selected
street.
Entering the city name first:
1. Enter the city name.
2. Enter the street name. Use the
Delete screen button to delete
an incorrectly entered character.
A list displays if six or fewer
names are available. If there are
more than six, there is a match
counter with a number of
available streets. Press the List
screen button to view the list and
select the street.
3. Enter the house number.
4. Press the Done screen button at
any time and the system tries to
resolve a destination based on
the entered information, then
displays it on the screen.
5. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and the route calculates.
To Enter a Destination in Canada
To change the destination address
from the United States to Canada,
the country will need to change in
the navigation system. To change
the country address:
1. Press the Destination screen
button on the Home Page.
2. Press the address screen button
to display the Enter Address
screen.
3. Go to the State/Province line
option and select. The Province
entry screen displays. Select the
Country line option. The Country
List displays.
4. Select Canada.
5. Enter Province and confirm the
selection.
Entering a Destination in Other
Countries
To change the destination address
from the United States to another
country, the country will need to
change in the navigation system.
To change the country address:
1. Press the Destination screen
button on the Home Page.
2. Press the Address screen button
to display the Address Entry
screen.
3. Go to the State/Province line
option and select. The State/
Province entry screen displays.
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-51
Select the Country line option.
The available Country List
displays.
4. Select the desired country. For
example, select Canada as a
default country.
5. Enter State/Province. For
example, enter Ontario and
confirm the selection.
The destination in other countries
can also be changed using voice
recognition. See Voice Recognition
on page 7-68.
Points of Interest (POI)
Press the Points of Interest screen
button on the Destination Entry
page. Several options can be
selected to plan a route.
The POI List allows selection of a
destination search by Category,
Name, or Telephone Number.
Entering by POI name:
1. Select Search by Name.
2. Make sure the correct country,
state/province, and city are
present, then select Search.
3. Enter the POI name.
4. Select a few of the characters or
spell the name in full, by using
the alpha keyboard.
5. Select the Done screen button,
or if the list has six or fewer
items, a list of POIs will
immediately display.
6. Press the desired POI.
7. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and the route calculates.
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-52 Infotainment System
Previous Destinations
Select a destination from the
Previous Destination List. Up to
15 points that have been previously
entered can be recalled. If the list is
full, the oldest destinations are
automatically deleted once the
newest destinations are added.
Address Book
If no destination is saved to the
address book, save a destination:
1. Press Destination on the
Home Page.
2. Enter an address using any of
the destination methods
(Address Entry, POI Entry, etc.).
3. On the destination confirmation
screen, select Save.
4. The system displays the options
Name, Number, Icon, and Done.
Press Done to save the
destination.
5. To customize the address book
entry, select Name, Number,
or Icon.
If a destination is already saved to
the address book, press Destination
on the Home Page to display the
Address Book screen button.
Choose a destination by selecting
an address that has been stored in
the address book.
1. Press the Address Book screen
button. A list displays the
address book entries.
2. Select the destination from
the list.
3. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and the route calculates.
To edit Address Book entries:
1. Select an item from the
address book.
2. On the destination confirmation
screen, select Edit.
3. The system displays the options
Name, Number, Icon, and
Delete. Press Delete to delete
the destination from the
address book.
4. To customize the address book
entry, select Name, Number,
or Icon.
Latitude/Longitude Coordinates
Choose a destination based on
latitudinal and longitudinal
coordinates.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-53
To enter the location as coordinates,
latitude and longitude:
1. Press Destination on the Home
Page. Press the Latitude and
Longitude screen button to
display the screen above.
2. Select Latitude or Longitude to
change. Enter the coordinates in
degrees, minutes, and seconds.
3. Press the Search screen button
if the information is correct.
4. Press the Start Guidance screen
button. The route calculates.
Favorite Routes
Adding a Favorite Route:
1. Press the Home Page
Destination button to display the
Favorite Routes screen button.
2. Press the Favorite Routes
screen button to display New
Favorite Route.
3. Select New Favorite Route and
enter a favorite route name.
4. Press OK and the display
returns to the favorite routes list.
5. Select the favorite route and add
a waypoint using any of the
destination methods, such as
address entry, POI entry, etc.
Selecting a Favorite Route:
1. Press the Home Page
Destination button to display the
Favorite Routes screen button.
2. Press the Favorite Routes
screen button to display a list of
available favorite routes.
3. Scroll and select a favorite route.
4. Press the Start Guidance screen
button. The route calculates.
Deleting a favorite route:
1. Press the Home Page
Destination button to display the
Favorite Routes screen button.
Press this button to display the
list of available favorite routes.
2. Scroll and select the route to be
deleted.
3. Press Edit.
4. Press Delete Favorite Route.
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-54 Infotainment System
Changing the route name:
1. Press the Home Page
Destination button to display the
Favorite Routes screen button.
Press this button to display the
list of available favorite routes.
2. Press the Edit screen button.
3. Select Edit Name.
4. Using the keypad, enter
the name.
5. Press the Done screen button.
The new name will be in the
Favorite Routes Menu.
My Home
If no home destination is entered,
save a destination by pressing the
Home Page Destination button.
Enter a destination using any of the
destination entry methods (Address
Entry, POI Entry, etc.). Select Save
as Home from the destination
confirmation screen.
If a destination is already saved as
home, press the Home Page
Destination button to display the My
Home screen button. Press this
button to start route guidance.
Select from Map
.Press the Home Page
Destination button to display the
Select from Map screen button.
Press this button to display the
map screen with a scroll symbol
centered on the map.
.Press the Zoom in/out button on
the screen and press the map to
locate the destination to select.
Press and hold a finger on the
map to activate fast scrolling.
.Press the Go button on the
bottom of the screen to display
the destination confirmation
screen.
.Press the Start Guidance screen
button. The route calculates.
Travel Guide
Press the Travel Guide screen
button on the Destination Entry
page. Several options can be
selected to plan a route.
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-55
The Travel Guide POI entry list
allows selection of a destination
search by category or name.
Entering by POI Category
1. Select Category from the POI
List menu to access the POI
Selection screen display.
2. Enter the necessary information
by first selecting the location line
item to access the
Location menu.
3. Select any of the line options
such as Nearby.
4. Select Category from the POI
Selection menu to access the
POI List.
5. Select any of the line options
such as All POIs.
6. Select Sort Method from the POI
Selection menu to access the
Search Order menu. Select one
of the two options available.
These options are By Distance
or By Name.
7. Select Search.
8. Select the desired POI.
Entering by POI name:
1. Select Search by Name.
2. Make sure the correct country,
state/province, and city are
present, then select Search.
3. Enter the POI name.
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-56 Infotainment System
4. Select a few of the characters or
spell the name in full, by using
the alpha keyboard.
5. Select the Done screen button,
or if the list has six or fewer
items, a list of POIs will
immediately display.
6. Press the desired POI.
The Travel Guide POI will have
some detailed information about the
selection made. This information
may include:
.Brief Description
.Address
.Number
.Hours of Operation
.Price
.Website
Photos may not be available for
certain locations or countries.
Destination Confirmation
Multiple options are available on the
destination confirmation screen:
Start Guidance: Press to start a
route calculation to the displayed
destination.
Show on Map: Press to switch to
the map view with the displayed
destination centered on the map.
Route Options: Press to change
route options. See “Route Options”
following.
Call: Press to initiate a phone call
to the displayed phone number,
if phone capability is available.
Save as Home: Press to save the
displayed destination as your home
destination. The home destination
will be stored at the top of the list of
destinations in the address book.
Save/Edit: Press to save the
displayed destination into the
address book. If the displayed
destination is already stored in the
address book, Edit will show as the
menu item.
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-57
Route Options
Press to display various route
options.
Alternative Routes: If enabled, the
system will provide an additional
screen after Start Guidance has
been selected. Select Fastest,
Shortest, or Eco calculated routes
before selecting GO.
Fastest: This calculates for the
quickest route.
Shortest: This calculates for the
shortest route.
Eco: This calculates for the most
fuel efficient route based on speed
and distance.
Under the Route Options menu,
there are route preferences that by
default are all enabled.
A checkmark placed next to each
preference indicates this. All of
these preferences are used when
calculating the route. If any of these
preferences are unselected, the
route will be calculated without
including these preferences.
Use Highways: Deselect to avoid
major roads.
Use Toll Road: Deselect to avoid
toll roads.
Use Ferries: Deselect to avoid
ferries.
Use Tunnels: Deselect to avoid
tunnels.
Use Time Restricted: Deselect to
avoid time restricted roads.
Use Car Train: Deselect to avoid
car trains.
Menu with Route Guidance
Active
Several functions can be performed
after a destination has been
entered. Press the Home Page
Destination screen button to access
the Route Menu screen.
Cancel Guidance
Press Cancel Guidance to cancel
the current route.
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-58 Infotainment System
Destination List
Select Destination List to view
options for organizing waypoints.
Turn List
Select Turn List to view a list of
maneuvers for the entire route.
Press the Avoid screen button next
to one of the turn maneuvers to
avoid a segment of roads.
A maximum of eight avoided
segments are allowed.
Avoid List
Select Avoid List to display a list of
avoided road segments with the
option to remove the avoided items
from the list.
Voice Prompt
Select Voice Prompt to view options
to disable or manage navigation
voice prompts and traffic alert
prompts.
Detour
Press Detour to display the route
detour options. Select to detour the
whole route or by a specific
distance.
Route Options
This feature can be accessed from
the destination confirmation menu
and Destination Menu with Route
Guidance Active. See “Destination
Confirmation”previously in this
section.
Waypoints
Up to three waypoints can be added
to the current route. The waypoints
can be sorted (moved) or deleted.
To add a waypoint:
1. From the Destination List menu,
press Add Waypoint.
2. Enter the waypoint by any of the
add destination methods. The
system calculates and highlights
the route and the route can be
started.
3. To add more waypoints, press
Add Waypoint to add the
waypoint in the order desired on
the route.
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-59
To delete a waypoint:
1. From the Route menu, press
Waypoint List.
2. Press Delete Waypoints.
3. Select the waypoints to be
deleted. Press the Delete screen
button.
The Sort Waypoint feature allows
reorganization of the destination list.
To sort a waypoint:
1. From the Route menu, press
Waypoint List.
2. Press Sort Waypoints.
3. Select the waypoint to move.
4. Select the location to move the
waypoint to.
Instead of deleting individual
waypoints, select Delete All
Waypoints to delete all waypoints at
the same time.
To save a destination list as a
favorite route, select Save as
Favorite.
OnStar
®
Destination
Download
The destination download lets an
OnStar
®
subscriber ask an OnStar
Advisor to download a destination to
the navigation system. OnStar will
send address information and
location coordinates of the
destination into the navigation
system.
Using Destination Download
The navigation radio screen must
be turned on before a download.
The navigation system displays
“Please wait”as the address is
searched within the map database.
If the address is not found within the
map database, the system may use
latitude and longitude coordinates to
locate the destination.
If the system is unable to locate the
address, a screen message, Sorry.
There is no valid address for the
given destination. Please try
another one displays.
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-60 Infotainment System
Route Guidance Not Active
If an OnStar destination is
downloaded while route guidance is
not active, the navigation system
displays a pop-up screen with the
following screen functions:
Start Guidance: Press to start
route calculation to the
destination(s) received.
Show on Map: Press to display the
Map Screen.
Call: Press to initiate a call with a
Bluetooth Phone or OnStar
Hands-Free Calling (if available).
Save as Home: Press to set an
address as a home destination.
Save: Press to save the
downloaded destination to the
address book.
Route Guidance Active
If an OnStar destination is
downloaded while route guidance is
already active, the system displays
a pop-up screen with the following
screen function:
.Press Start Guidance; the
navigation system adds the
downloaded destination before
the next waypoint of the existing
route (closest to the current
vehicle position).
.All other buttons on the pop-up
screen operate as described
under “Route Guidance Not
Active.”
Previous Destinations
Previously downloaded OnStar
destinations are saved under
Previous Destinations in the
navigation system, where they can
be accessed or saved to the
Address Book.
Configure Menu
The Configuration Menu is used to
adjust features and preferences,
such as Sound, Radio, Nav
(Navigation), Display, or Time
Settings.
1. Press the Config screen button
on the Home Page.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-61
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until the
desired option displays. Select
the desired settings to change.
See the owner manual for
information on adjusting most
vehicle settings. See “Navigation
Settings”and “Navigation
Settings Button”in this section.
Languages
Press the Config button on the
Home Page or the CONFIG button
on the faceplate to enter the menu
options. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
or touch-tap the scroll bar to scroll
through the available options. Press
the TUNE/MENU knob or press
Languages to display the
languages. Select the desired
language.
Time and Date Settings
From the Time and Date screen
button, press to display the Time
and Date menu.
Automatic Clock Update: When
enabled, this feature will set the
clock automatically.
Set Time: Press the + or −to
increase or decrease the Hours and
Minutes displayed on the clock.
Set Date: Press the + and −to
increase or decrease the day.
12 hr/24 hr Format: Press the
12 Hour screen button for standard
time; press the 24 Hour screen
button for military time.
Press the Back screen button to
save the adjustments.
Radio Settings
Press the Config button on the
Home Page or the CONFIG button
on the faceplate to enter the menu
options. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
or touch-tap the scroll bar to scroll
through the available options. Press
the TUNE/MENU knob or press
Radio Settings to display the radio
settings menu. Press this feature to
make changes for radio information
displayed, preset pages, Auto
Volume, and XM Categories
Restore. See Satellite Radio on
page 7-15, for more information
about XM Categories.
The Radio Settings are:
Auto Volume: Select OFF, Low,
Medium, or High sensitivity to
automatically adjust the volume to
minimize the effects of unwanted
background noise that can result
from changing road surfaces, driving
speeds, or open windows. This
feature works best at lower volume
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-62 Infotainment System
settings where background noise is
typically louder than the sound
system volume.
Gracenote Options: Press to
enable/disable Normalization used
to improve voice recognition and
media groupings. See USB on
page 7-34,Auxiliary Devices on
page 7-40, and Bluetooth Audio on
page 7-41.
XM Channel Graphics: Press to
enable/disable the XM Audio page
background on the XM Channel
display.
Max Startup Volume: Press to set
the maximum volume level for
startup that will be used even if a
higher volume had been set when
the radio was turned off.
Number of Favorite Pages: Press
to select the number of FAV pages
to be displayed.
XM Categories: Press to
customize which available XM
Categories are used and displayed.
Software Version Information:
Press to display information about
the system and update software if
available.
Phone Settings
See Bluetooth on page 7-75 in the
“Phone”section for more
information on phone settings.
Navigation Settings
Press the Config button on the
Home Page to enter the setup
menu. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
or touch-tap the scroll bar until the
Navigation Settings option displays.
Select this feature to make changes
to Voice Prompt, Traffic Settings,
Route Options, and Home Address.
Navigation Settings Button
Various navigation system settings
are available through the
Configuration Menu. Some options
are only available after a route is
planned.
Press Navigation Settings to access
the navigation system settings.
Black plate (63,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-63
Voice Prompt
The Voice Prompt menu allows
changes to the voice prompt
features.
Navigation Voice Prompts: Select
the On or Off button to turn the
voice instructions on or off while
traveling on a planned route.
Traffic Alert Prompts: Select the
On or Off button to turn the traffic
voice prompt on or off while
traveling on a planned route.
Navigation Volume: Select
Navigation Volume to change the
volume of the navigation prompts.
Traffic Settings
Press to display the Traffic
Settings menu.
Traffic Events (On/Off): Press to
enable or disable the traffic feature.
Traffic Alert Prompts (On/Off):
Press to enable or disable the traffic
voice prompts.
Route Based on Traffic
Conditions: Press to display a
submenu of options.
.Route Based on Traffic
Conditions: Press to enable or
disable the route feature.
.Automatic Recalculation: Press
to enable automatic route
recalculation.
.Recalculation after Confirmation:
Press to enable route
recalculation after confirmation.
Sort Method: Press to display a
submenu of sort options.
.Sort By Distance: Press to
display traffic events in order of
distance with the closest event
shown first.
.Sort By Name: Press to display
traffic events in alphabetical
order.
Show Traffic Events on Map:
Press to display traffic icons on
the map.
Black plate (64,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-64 Infotainment System
.All Traffic Events On: Press to
enable display of all traffic icons
on the map.
.All Traffic Events Off: Press to
disable display of all traffic icons
on the map.
.User Defined: Press to define
the individual types of icons that
are displayed for traffic flow and
traffic conditions.
Traffic Flow Status
The traffic flow status will display in
green, yellow, or red lines beside
the road.
.Red indicates significantly
impaired traffic flow with average
speed less than 40 km/h
(25 mph).
.Yellow indicates slightly impaired
traffic flow with average speed
between 40 and 73 km/h (25 and
45 mph).
.Green indicates normal traffic
flow with average speed above
73 km/h (45 mph).
Closed Roads, Traffic Delays,
Roadworks, Incidents, and
Advisories
Select the traffic event group for
display on the map screen. Some
events may cover more than one
traffic condition. See the following
traffic conditions.
Traffic Conditions
The following traffic condition icons
may display:
Stopped Traffic Traffic Jam
Accident Road Closed
Lane Narrows Road Work,
Construction
Alert Road Condition
Road Visibility Other
Black plate (65,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-65
Delete Saved Destinations
Press to delete all saved
destinations. A Delete Saved
Destinations submenu displays.
Select the desired options for
deletion and press delete at the
bottom to continue. A confirmation
screen displays requesting to delete
or cancel.
Guidance Alerts
Press to enable the guidance alert
pop-up to be viewed on the map or
on the main screens such as audio,
weather, phone, etc. A checkmark
appears to indicate the guidance
alert mode is on.
Vehicle Settings
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Display Settings
Press the Config button on the
Home Page or the CONFIG button
on the faceplate, then select Display
Settings from the list.
The following options may display:
Select Buttons for Home Page:
Press to customize the first page of
the Home Page.
Display Off: Press to turn off the
display. The display will return when
any radio buttons are pressed or the
screen is touched (if equipped).
Black plate (66,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-66 Infotainment System
Map Settings: Press to enter the
submenu to change Automatic
Zoom, enable Speed Limit display
on map, and change Map Display
settings.
.Map Display: Press to change
the screen background.
‐The Automatic setting adjusts
the screen background
automatically depending on
the exterior lighting conditions.
‐The Day setting brightens the
map background.
‐The Night setting darkens the
map background.
To change the overall brightness
setting for the display, use the
vehicle interior lighting instrument
panel illumination control.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
The position of the vehicle is
determined by using satellite
signals, various vehicle signals, and
map data.
At times, other interference such as
the satellite condition, road
configuration, condition of the
vehicle, and/or other circumstances
can affect the navigation system's
ability to determine the accurate
position of the vehicle.
The GPS shows the current position
of the vehicle using signals sent by
the GPS Satellites. When the
vehicle is not receiving signals from
the satellites, a symbol appears on
the map screen. See Navigation
Symbols on page 7-46.
This system might not be available
or interference can occur if any of
the following are true:
.Signals are obstructed by tall
buildings, trees, large trucks,
or a tunnel.
.Satellites are being repaired or
improved.
For more information if the GPS is
not functioning properly, see
Problems with Route Guidance on
page 7-67 and If the System Needs
Service on page 7-68.
Vehicle Positioning
At times, the position of the vehicle
on the map could be inaccurate due
to one or more of the following
reasons:
.The road system has changed.
.The vehicle is driving on slippery
road surfaces such as sand,
gravel, or snow.
.The vehicle is traveling on
winding roads or long straight
roads.
.The vehicle is approaching a tall
building or a large vehicle.
.The surface streets run parallel
to a freeway.
Black plate (67,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-67
.The vehicle has been transferred
by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
.The current position calibration
is set incorrectly.
.The vehicle is traveling at high
speed.
.The vehicle changes directions
more than once, or the vehicle is
turning on a turn table in a
parking lot.
.The vehicle is entering and/or
exiting a parking lot, garage, or a
lot with a roof.
.The GPS signal is not received.
.A roof carrier is installed on the
vehicle.
.Tire chains have been installed.
.The tires are replaced or worn.
.The tire pressure for the tires is
incorrect.
.This is the first navigation use
after the map data is updated.
.The 12-volt battery is
disconnected for several days.
.The vehicle is driving in heavy
traffic where driving is at low
speeds, and the vehicle is
stopped and started repeatedly.
Problems with Route
Guidance
Inappropriate route guidance can
occur under one or more of the
following conditions:
.The turn was not made on the
road indicated.
.Route guidance might not be
available when using automatic
rerouting for the next right or
left turn.
.The route might not be changed
when using automatic rerouting.
.There is no route guidance when
turning at an intersection.
.Plural names of places might be
announced occasionally.
.It could take a long time to
operate automatic rerouting
during high-speed driving.
.Automatic rerouting might
display a route returning to the
set waypoint if heading for a
destination without passing
through a set waypoint.
.The route prohibits the entry of a
vehicle due to a regulation by
time or season or any other
regulation which may be given.
.Some routes might not be
searched.
.The route to the destination
might not be shown if there are
new roads, if roads have
recently changed, or if certain
roads are not listed in the map
data. See Maps on page 7-46.
To recalibrate the vehicle's position
on the map, park with the vehicle
running for two to five minutes, until
the vehicle position updates. Make
sure the vehicle is parked in a
location that is safe and has a clear
view of the sky and away from large
obstruction.
Black plate (68,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-68 Infotainment System
If the System Needs
Service
If the navigation system needs
service and the steps listed here
have been followed but there are
still problems, see your dealer for
assistance.
Map Data Updates
The map data provided in the
vehicle is the most up-to-date
information available when the
vehicle was produced. The map
data is updated periodically,
provided that the map information
has changed.
For questions about the operation of
the navigation system or the update
process, contact the GM Nav Disc
Center toll-free phone number,
1-877-NAV-DISC (1-877-628-3472)
or go to the center’s website,
www.gmnavdisc.com. If updates are
needed, call the GM Nav Disc
Center or order a new Map Update
online. To order map data, have the
vehicle’s Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) available. See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
on page 12-1.
After receiving the updated map
data, see Maps on page 7-46.
Database Coverage
Explanations
Coverage areas vary with respect to
the level of map detail available for
any given area. Some areas feature
greater levels of detail than others.
If this happens, it does not mean
there is a problem with the system.
As the map data is updated, more
detail can become available for
areas which previously had limited
detail. See Map Data Updates on
page 7-68 for more information.
Voice Recognition
Voice recognition allows for
hands-free operation of the
infotainment system features.
Voice recognition can be used when
the radio is on or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-18. The system
maintains a minimum volume level.
Using Voice Recognition
1. Press b/gon the steering
wheel. The audio system mutes.
A voice prompt states, “Please
say a command.”Wait until the
tone is heard before speaking.
If there is no tone, make sure
that the volume is turned up.
While voice recognition is active,
the system displays a gsymbol
in the top right of the screen.
2. Clearly speak one of the
commands listed later in this
section.
Black plate (69,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-69
Press b/gtwice on the steering
wheel to skip the voice prompt
messages.
Canceling Voice Recognition
1. Press and release $/ion
the steering wheel control to
cancel a command, if the system
response does not match the
voice command, or say
“Goodbye”or “Cancel.”
2. The system replies, “Goodbye.”
Helpful Hints for Speaking
Commands
.When multiple commands are
available, choose the command
that works best for you.
.Words in parentheses are
optional. For example, for the
command “Tune FM
(frequency),”saying “Tune FM
87.7”or “Tune FM”are both
valid commands.
.When the command is
recognized, the system will
either perform the function or
ask to confirm the choice.
.When the system does not
recognize the command, the
system says “pardon.”
.If experiencing difficulty with the
system recognizing a command,
confirm that the command is
correct. Try saying the command
clearly or wait for a brief moment
after the tone.
.Background noise such as a
climate control fan positioned on
high, open windows, and very
loud outside noises, even if the
windows are closed, can cause
voice commands to be
misunderstood.
.The system is able to recognize
commands in different
languages, such as English,
Canadian French, and Spanish.
The system only recognizes
commands based on the
language selected.
.To increase or decrease the
voice volume during a voice
recognition session, turn the
volume knob of the radio,
or press the volume steering
wheel control. If the volume is
adjusted during a voice
recognition session, a Volume
bar appears on the screen
showing the voice volume level
as it is being adjusted. This also
changes the volume of the
guidance prompts.
.When using navigation
commands, take the time to
become familiar with the
address. Long delays when
giving the address can result in
the system not recognizing the
address or routing to different
location than intended.
.When providing the house
number portion of the address,
the system recognizes both digit
format and numerical text. An
example would be to say,
“3-0-0-0-1”or “Thirty
Thousand One.”
Black plate (70,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-70 Infotainment System
.If the system provides
destination in another country on
several attempts, say the
“Change Country”command and
say the country of interest. The
country default is the United
States. To enter a destination in
Canada or Mexico, the country
will first have to be changed in
the system.
Voice Recognition Help
To enter the help playback session,
clearly speak one of the help
commands.
Help: The system plays back more
specific help commands such as
Radio Settings for the user to
choose from.
Radio: Use this command to learn
about how to select a band (AM,
FM, or XM), and how to change
radio stations by speaking
frequency numbers.
Phone: Use this command to learn
about how to dial, pair a device,
or delete a device.
My Media: Use this command to
learn how to play specific tracks,
artists, albums, devices connected
to the USB port, or to change
sources.
Settings: Use this command to
learn about how to turn Verbose on
or off, or set the language.
Voice Recognition Commands
The following list shows the voice
commands available for the
infotainment system with a brief
description of each. The commands
are listed with the optional words in
parentheses. To use the voice
commands, see the previous
instructions.
Radio Commands
Tune AM, Tune FM, Tune XM,
Tune Pandora, Tune Stitcher:
Instructs the system to go to the
specific band and the last channel.
Tune AM (frequency), Tune FM
(frequency), Tune XM (channel
number), or Tune XM (channel
name): Instructs the system to go
to the specific station.
Thumbs Up: Instructs the system
to give the current song or station a
thumbs up in Pandora or Stitcher.
Thumbs Down: Instructs the
system to give the current song or
station a thumbs down in Pandora
or Stitcher.
Phone Commands
Dial or Call (phone number or
contact): Instructs the system to
start a phone call. For example, say
“Dial 1 248 123 4567.”To call a
phone book contact, say “Dial”or
“Call,”say the name and location,
and then say “Dial.”For example,
say “Call John at Home”or “Call
John at Work.”If a number is not
recognized, the first number in the
list will be called.
Pair or Connect: Instructs the
system to begin pairing a device.
Black plate (71,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-71
Digit Dial: Instructs the system to
dial a phone number one digit at a
time. After saying the digits,
say “Dial.”
Redial or Redial Last Number:
Instructs the system to dial the last
phone number called.
Select Device or Change Phone:
Instructs the system to switch to a
different paired device. The device
must be selected from the screen or
using the TUNE/MENU knob.
Delete Device: Instructs the
system to delete a paired device.
Read Text Messages or Read SMS
Messages: Instructs the system to
begin reading text messages from
paired device.
Not all devices support text
messages. Applicable where
equipped.
My Media Commands
AUX, USB, or Bluetooth Audio:
Instructs the system to change the
source.
The following commands only apply
to USB, iPod, and iPhone sources.
They are supported after the device
has been indexed.
Play Artist (artist name): Instructs
the system to play songs by a
specific artist. For example, say
“Play Artist <artist name>.”
Play Album (album title): Instructs
the system to play a specific album.
Play Song (song title): Instructs
the system to play a specific song.
Play Genre (genre name):
Instructs the system to play songs
of a particular genre.
Search Artist (artist name):
Instructs the system to show a list of
all songs by a specific artist. For
example, say "Search Artist
<artist name>.”
Search Composer (composer
name): Instructs the system to
show a list of all songs by a specific
composer. For example, say
"Search Composer
<composer name>.”
Search Album (album name):
Instructs the system to show a list of
all songs by a specific album. For
example, say "Search Album
<album name>.”
Search Genre (genre name):
Instructs the system to show a list of
all songs for a specific genre. For
example, say "Search Genre
<genre name>.”
Search Folder (folder name):
Instructs the system to show a list of
all songs in a specific folder. For
example, say "Search folder
<folder name>.”
Search Playlist (playlist name):
Instructs the system to show a list of
all songs in a specific playlist. For
example, say "Search playlist
<playlist name>.”
Search Audio Book (audio book
name): Instructs the system to
show a list of all tracks in a specific
audio book. For example, say
"Search audio book <audio
book name>.”
Black plate (72,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-72 Infotainment System
Search Podcast (podcast name):
Instructs the system to show a list of
all tracks in a specific podcast. For
example, say "Search podcast
<podcast name>.”
More Like This: Instructs the
system to create a playlist of tracks
similar to the current track playing.
Settings Commands
Verbose (set) on (mode), Verbose
(set) off (mode): Instructs the
system to turn voice prompts on or
off. When off, this feature turns off
voice prompts.
Language (language): Instructs
the system to set the language.
List Devices: Instructs the system
to give a list of devices to use.
Other Commands
Goodbye: Instructs the system to
end a phone call or voice
recognition.
Cancel: Instructs the system to
cancel an action.
Go Back, Back, Previous:
Instructs the system to go back to a
prior menu.
Main Menu: Instructs the system to
go to the main menu.
Yes, Yep, Yup, Ya, Sure, Right,
Correct, OK, Positive, You Got it,
Probably, You Bet: These can be
used to say “Yes.”
No, Nope, Na, No way, Wrong,
Incorrect, Negative, Not really, No
I said, No I Did Not, No I Do Not:
These can be used to say “No.”
Next Page, Page Down: Instructs
the system to scroll forward one
page in a list.
Previous Page, Page Up: Instructs
the system to scroll back one page
in a list.
Navigation Commands (If
Equipped)
To activate the navigation voice
recognition:
1. Press b/gon the steering
wheel. The audio system mutes.
A voice prompt says, “Please
say a command.”Wait until the
tone is heard before speaking.
If there is no tone, make sure
the volume is turned up.
While voice recognition is active,
the system displays a symbol in
the top right of the screen.
2. Clearly speak the command
“Navigation.”
3. Clearly speak one of the
commands in this section.
The following commands only apply
once the Navigation command is
given.
Black plate (73,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-73
Change Country: Changes the
country origin to input a destination
from that region. The system will
accept United States, Canada,
or Mexico.
Address or Destination: Allows
an address to be stated as a
one-shot method. The system
will recognize the address if stated
all at once or say a city center.
An example is to say,
“200 Renaissance Street, Detroit,
Michigan”or “Detroit, Michigan.”
Directed Address: Allows an
address to be stated one step at a
time. The format will be State, City,
Street, then House Number.
Intersection: Allows an
Intersection to be stated as the
destination. The format will be
State, City, Street, then Intersection.
Home: Instructs the system to start
guidance to address saved as
My Home.
Contact: When a phone is paired
to the system, which contains
Address Information stored for
contacts, the address associated
with that contact can become a
route. If the system cannot resolve
the address, an error displays.
Points of Interest or POI: Allows a
Point of Interest to be stated as a
destination. Become familiar with
the POI categories and
sub-categories in the system by
pressing Destination from the Home
Page or DEST on the faceplate,
then selecting Point of Interest. POI
commands for Along Route and
Around Destination will be available
if route guidance is active.
Add Waypoint: Allows addition of
individual waypoints or the
destination. The system will ask for
the choice of entry method to
continue. An example is to say, “POI
Along Route”or “Intersection.”
Delete Waypoint: When guidance
is active, this command allows the
deletion of individual waypoints or
the destination. If guidance is not
active, the system will indicate the
destination list is empty.
Where Am I?, My Location,
or Current Position: Instructs the
system to give the current position
of the vehicle.
Help: The system plays back more
specific help commands associated
with Navigation or a Navigation
sub-feature.
Cancel Guidance or Cancel
Route: Instructs the system to
cancel guidance.
Entering a Destination in Other
Countries
For the voice recognition to respond
to a local address, the
corresponding country needs to be
set in the navigation system.
The country can also be set using
voice commands. However, the
country will change back to the
default country when the vehicle is
keyed off.
Black plate (74,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-74 Infotainment System
1. Press b/gon the steering
wheel.
2. Say “Navigation.”
3. Say “Change Country.”
4. Say the country name. For
example, say “Canada.”
OnStar Command (If Equipped)
To activate OnStar voice
recognition, press =on the mirror
or press b/gon the steering
wheel and say “OnStar”after the
beep. This will activate the OnStar
voice control. See OnStar Overview
on page 14-1.
Help Commands
.Help
.Hands-Free Calling (If Equipped)
.Turn-by-Turn Directions
.OnStar Info
After each list of help commands,
the following are available:
.Go Back
.Repeat
.Cancel
.Help
.Goodbye
Hands-Free Calling
.Call
.Store
.Commands
‐Call
‐Store
‐My Number
‐Minutes
‐Store Last Number
‐Digit Dial
‐Redial
‐Dial
‐Number Recall
‐Directory
‐Digit Store
Turn-by-Turn Directions
.Directory
.Plan Route
.Commands
‐Directory
‐Store Destination
‐Plan Route
‐Delete Destination
‐Mute Directions
OnStar Info
.Messages
.Minutes
.My Number
.Commands
‐Messages
‐Virtual Advisor
‐My Number
‐Minutes
‐Number Recall
‐Advisor Playback
Black plate (75,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-75
.Virtual Advisor
Virtual Advisor
Choose this option to connect to a
live Advisor.
Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone, i.e. Siri or Voice
Command. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To activate phone voice recognition
system, press and hold b/gon
the steering wheel for approximately
two seconds.
Bluetooth Phone/
Devices
Bluetooth
Overview
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones and
devices, allowing:
.Placing and receiving hands-free
calls.
.Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle. The phone book will
only display when that phone is
connected.
.Placing outgoing calls by voice
recognition.
The system can be used while in
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory Power
(RAP). The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
The radio can connect to most
Bluetooth-enabled phones.
Available features and functions
may be dependent on the device.
On a current phone call screen, an
image of the contact from your
phone's contact list can be
displayed. Not all phones are
compatible with this feature.
Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons on the infotainment
system and the steering wheel to
operate the Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
b/g(Push to Talk): Press to
answer incoming calls and start
voice recognition.
$/i(Mute/End Call): Press to
end a call, decline an incoming call,
or cancel voice recognition.
+x−(Volume): Press + or −to
increase or decrease the volume.
Black plate (76,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-76 Infotainment System
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Overview
on page 7-2.
b/>(Phone/Mute): Press to
enter the Phone main menu. Press
and hold to mute or unmute.
Voice Recognition
The voice recognition system uses
commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers.
When using voice recognition:
.The system may not recognize
voice commands if there is too
much background noise.
.A tone sounds to indicate that
the system is ready for a voice
command. Wait for the tone and
then speak.
.Speak clearly in a calm and
natural voice.
See Voice Recognition on
page 7-68.
Audio System
Sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and
overrides the audio system. Use the
VOL/Oknob during a call to change
the volume level. The adjusted
volume level remains in memory for
later calls. The system maintains a
minimum volume level.
See Voice Recognition on
page 7-68.
Bluetooth Audio
See Bluetooth Audio on page 7-41.
Pairing with Infotainment
Controls
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired and then connected
to the vehicle before it can be used.
See your cell phone manufacturer's
user guide for Bluetooth functions
before pairing the cell phone. If a
Bluetooth phone is not connected,
calls will be made using OnStar
Hands-Free Calling, if available.
See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
Pairing Information
.A Bluetooth-enabled phone and
an audio playback device can be
paired to the system at the
same time.
.Up to five devices can be paired
to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
radio will connect to the first
phone in the list or to the phone
that was previously connected.
Black plate (77,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-77
Pairing a Phone/Device
1. Press the CONFIG button
or b/>.
2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Pair Device (Phone). The
radio displays “Please start
Bluetooth search on your phone.
Confirm or enter number:.”If the
device supports a four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN), it will display. The PIN is
used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
5. Locate and select the device
named after the vehicle make
and model in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3, or to
confirm the six-digit code
matches. The system recognizes
the new connected phone after
the pairing process is complete.
6. If the phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone book
download, select always accept
and allow. The phone book may
not be available if not accepted.
Some phones will put
connection request or
phonebook request in a pull
down task bar at the top of the
screen. Drag down the task bar
and look for connection/
phonebook request and accept.
7. Repeat to pair additional
phones.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones/Devices
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Device List.
Deleting a Paired Phone/Device
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Device List.
4. Select the phone to delete and
follow the screen prompts.
Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different phone, the
new phone must be in the vehicle
and available to be connected to the
Bluetooth system before the
process is started.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Device List.
4. Select the new phone to connect
to and follow the screen
prompts.
Pairing with Voice Recognition
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired and then connected
to the vehicle before it can be used.
See the cell phone manufacturer's
user guide for Bluetooth functions
before pairing the cell phone. If a
Bluetooth phone is not connected,
calls will be made using OnStar
Hands-Free Calling, if available.
See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
Black plate (78,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-78 Infotainment System
Pairing a Phone
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Pair.”The system responds
with “Please search for
Bluetooth devices on your
phone, select your vehicle,
confirm and enter the PIN
provided on the screen.”
3. Start the search for Bluetooth
devices on the phone. Then
select the device and follow the
instructions on the phone by
either entering the four-digit PIN
or confirming the six-digit
passcode. The PIN is used in
Step 4.
4. Locate and select the device
named after the vehicle make
and model in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3 or to
confirm the six-digit code
matches. The system responds
“successfully paired.”
5. Repeat Steps 1−4 to pair
additional phones.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Device List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name to delete is
unknown, see “Listing All Paired
and Connected Phones.”
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Delete Device.”
3. The system responds with: “To
delete a device, please touch its
name on the screen.”Select the
device to delete on the display
and it will be removed.
To cancel this command, press
$/ion the steering wheel
control or press the /BACK button
on the radio faceplate.
Connecting to a Different Phone
or Device
To connect to a different cell phone,
the system looks for the next
available cell phone. Depending on
the cell phone to be connected, this
command may need to be repeated.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Change Phone.”
.To select a device, press
the name on the display.
.If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.
Black plate (79,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-79
Making a Call Using Phone
Book and Infotainment
Controls
For cell phones that support the
phone book feature, the Bluetooth
system can use the contacts stored
on the cell phone to make calls. See
the cell phone manufacturer‘s user
guide or contact the wireless
provider to find out if this feature is
supported.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Phone
Book and Call Lists menus are
automatically available.
The Phone Book menu allows
access to the phone book stored in
the cell phone to make a call.
The Call Lists menu allows access
to the phone numbers from the
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and
Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.
The radio will display the first 1,000
contacts and the phone numbers for
each contact including Home, Work,
Mobile, and Other.
To make a call using the Phone
Book menu:
1. Press b/>once on the radio
or the Phone screen button.
2. Select Phone Book.
3. Select the letter group of the
phone book entry to scroll
through the list of names/
numbers.
4. Select the name.
5. Select the number to call.
To make a call using the Call
Lists menu:
1. Press b/>once on the radio
or the Phone screen button.
2. Select Call Lists.
3. Select the Incoming Calls,
Outgoing Calls, or Missed
Calls list.
4. Select the name or number
to call.
Making a Call Using the
Infotainment Controls
To make a call:
1. Press b/>once on the radio
or the Phone screen button.
2. Press Enter Number.
3. Enter the phone number.
4. Select OK to start dialing the
number.
5. Select Call to place the call.
To make a call using voice
recognition, see “Making a Call”
under Bluetooth on page 7-75.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Black plate (80,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-80 Infotainment System
Using the Infotainment Controls
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
“Answer”or “Decline”and press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press Accept
or Decline on the screen.
Using Steering Wheel Controls
Press b/gto answer or $/ito
decline the call.
Call Waiting Using the
Infotainment Controls
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
Switching Between Calls (Call
Waiting Calls Only)
To switch between calls turn and
press the TUNE/MENU knob and
select Switch Call or select Switch
Call on the screen.
Call Waiting Using Steering
Wheel Controls
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.Press b/gto answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.
.Press b/gagain to return to
the original call.
.To decline answering the
incoming call, press Decline on
the screen or take no action.
.Press $/ito disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
Conference Calling Using the
Infotainment Controls
Conference calling and three-way
calling must be supported on the
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work. This
feature is only supported when the
vehicle is not moving.
To start a conference while in a
current call:
1. Turn and press the TUNE/MENU
knob and select Enter Number.
2. Enter the phone number and
select OK.
3. After the call has been placed,
turn the TUNE/MENU knob and
choose Merge Calls.
4. To add more callers to the
conference call, repeat Steps 1
−3. The number of callers that
can be added is limited by your
wireless service carrier.
Ending a Call
Using the Infotainment Controls
Turn and press the TUNE/MENU
knob and select Hang Up or press
Hang Up on the screen.
Using Steering Wheel Controls
Press $/i.
Black plate (81,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-81
Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.
Using the Infotainment Controls
Turn and press the TUNE/MENU
knob and select Mute Call. Press
again to cancel mute.
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred.
To Transfer Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle, press the Transfer Call
button on the screen or press and
hold the b/gbutton on the
steering wheel.
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone
Use the audio transfer feature on
the cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information. Press the Transfer call
button on the screen or press and
hold the b/gbutton on the
steering wheel.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system.
Using the Infotainment Controls
1. Turn and press the TUNE/MENU
knob and select Enter Number.
2. Enter the phone number,
or select Enter Number on the
screen and select digits, then
press OK.
Hands-Free Phone
Using Bluetooth Voice
Recognition
To use voice recognition, press the
b/gbutton on the steering wheel.
Use the commands below for the
various voice features. For
additional information, say “Help”
while in a voice recognition menu.
Making a Call
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
Dial or Call: These commands can
be used interchangeably to dial a
phone number.
Digit Dial: This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re-dial: This command dials the
last number used on the cell phone.
Black plate (82,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-82 Infotainment System
Using the “Dial”or “Call”
Command
To call a number:
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, followed by “Dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
To call using a name tag:
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call”and then say
the name tag. For example “Call
John at Work.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Digit Dial”Command
This allows a phone number to be
dialed by entering the digits one at
a time.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time, to
dial. After each digit is entered,
the system repeats back the
digit it heard followed by a tone.
After the last digit has been
entered, say “Dial.”
If an unwanted number is repeated
back, say “Clear”to clear the last
number.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Redial”Command
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Please say a
command,”followed by a tone.
2. After the tone, say “Redial.”The
system dials the last number
called from the connected cell
phone.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will
be retained. This includes phone
pairing information. For directions
on how to delete this information,
see “Deleting a Paired Phone/
Device.”
Text Messaging
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system,
if equipped with text messaging, can
display text messages, play back a
message over the audio system,
and send a predefined message.
Not all phones support all functions
and work with Bluetooth. The radio
only supports the receipt of SMS
Black plate (83,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-83
text messages. A request may need
to be accepted on the phone or
some phone settings may need to
be changed to allow text messaging
to function. See the cell phone
manufacturer’s user guide.
Using Text Messaging
1. Press the Messages button on
the Home Page or select Text
Messages from the Phone main
screen. Until all text messages
are retrieved, the Home Page
icon will remain gray and the
Phone main screen option will
be removed.
This feature will be disabled if
the paired Bluetooth device does
not support SMS Text
Messaging.
2. Once all messages are
retrieved, the Text Message
Inbox displays. Select a
message for viewing. Viewing
messages is only available while
the vehicle is not in motion.
3. View the message or select
Listen to hear the message
through voice recognition. The
message view screen is locked
out while the vehicle is in
motion.
.Select Call to dial the contact or
number associated with the text.
Not all phones allow calling the
sender of the message and will
result in not being able to
select Call.
.Select Reply to reply to a text
message that was received as
an incoming message. Not all
phones allow message sending.
Black plate (84,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-84 Infotainment System
.Select the desired message from
the display of predefined
messages to send as the reply
message.
.Select Send to send that
message.
.Select Back to cancel and return
to the previous screen.
Incoming Text Messages
A pop-up screen is displayed when
there is an incoming text. The
pop-up will remain on the screen
until Dismiss is selected.
.Select Listen to hear the
message through voice
recognition.
.Select View to view the
message. Viewing is not
available while the vehicle is in
motion.
.Select Reply to reply to the
message using a predefined
message.
.Select Call to dial the contact or
number associated with the text.
.Select Dismiss to close out the
incoming pop-up message
screen.
Text Messaging Settings
Text Message Settings are available
from the Text Message Inbox.
Black plate (85,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-85
.Select Manage Predefined
Messages to create a user
defined message that can be
used later to reply to a text
message.
.Select Text Alerts to choose the
alert behavior for incoming text
messages:
‐Text alert with tone
‐Tone only
‐Off
Trademarks and
License Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
“Made for iPod”and “Made for
iPhone”mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple
performance standards.
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM
®
service only available in the
48 contiguous United States and
Canada.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels
with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL”preceding the
channel name. Channel blocking is
available for SiriusXM Satellite
Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
.USA Customers —See
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349.
Black plate (86,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-86 Infotainment System
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio System or that
support the SiriusXM website, the
Online Service or any of its content.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
.A License Agreement from
SiriusXM
®
is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
Gracenote
Gracenote
®
, Gracenote logo and
logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote" logo are either a
registered trademark or a trademark
of Gracenote, Inc. in the United
States and/or other countries.
Bluetooth
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth
®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
Pandora (If Equipped)
Pandora is a registered trademark
of Pandora Media, Inc., used under
license.
Manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
Map End User License
Agreement (Optional
Equipment Applies Where
Equipped)
END USER TERMS
The data (“Data”) is provided for
your personal, internal use only and
not for resale. It is protected by
copyright, and is subject to the
following terms and conditions
which are agreed to by you, on the
one hand, and Panasonic
Automotive Systems Company of
America (“PANASONIC”) and its
licensors (including their licensors
and suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 NAVTEQ. All rights
reserved.
The Data includes certain
information and related content
provided under license to NT from
third parties and is subject to the
Black plate (87,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-87
applicable supplier terms and
copyright notices set forth
at the following URL:
http://corporate.navteq.com/
supplier_terms.html.
In addition, the Lonely Planet Travel
Guide content is subject to the
following supplier notices (if
equipped):
© 2013 Lonely Planet Publications
Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.
PANASONIC and its content
providers have tried to make this
information as accurate as possible,
but it is provided “as is”and
PANASONIC and its content
providers accept no responsibility
for any loss, injury or inconvenience
resulting from this information. You
should verify critical information (like
visas, health and safety) before you
travel.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Personal Use Only. You agree to
use this Data together with the
General Motors MyLink or IntelliLink
Connected Navigation Radio
Platform for the solely personal,
non-commercial purposes for which
you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly,
but subject to the restrictions set
forth in the following paragraphs,
you agree not to otherwise
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble, create any derivative
works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not
transfer or distribute it in any form,
for any purpose, except to the
extent permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by
PANASONIC, and without limiting
the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any
products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to
or in communication with vehicles,
capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
guidance, fleet management or
similar applications; or (b) with or in
communication with any positioning
devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or
computer devices, including without
limitation cellular phones, palmtop
and handheld computers, pagers,
and personal digital assistants
or PDAs
Warning
The Data may contain inaccurate or
incomplete information due to the
passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and
the nature of collecting
comprehensive geographic data,
any of which may lead to incorrect
results.
No Warranty
This Data is provided to you “as is,”
and you agree to use it at your own
risk. PANASONIC and its licensors
(and their licensors and suppliers)
make no guarantees,
representations or warranties of any
kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
Black plate (88,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-88 Infotainment System
limited to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness,
reliability, fitness for a particular
purpose, usefulness, use or results
to be obtained from this Data,
or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty
PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some
States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain warranty
exclusions, so to that extent the
above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability
PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF
ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY
OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT
FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION
OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR
ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR
ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF
OR INABILITY TO USE THIS
INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN
THE INFORMATION, OR THE
BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT
OR BASED ON A WARRANTY,
EVEN IF PANASONIC OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain liability exclusions
or damages limitations, so to that
extent the above may not apply
to you.
Export Control
PANASONIC shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or
any direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all
licenses and approvals required
under, applicable export laws, rules
and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and
regulations administered by the
Office of Foreign Assets Control of
the U.S. Department of Commerce
and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any
such export laws, rules or
regulations prohibit NT from
complying with any of its obligations
hereunder to deliver or distribute
Data, such failure shall be excused
and shall not constitute a breach of
this Agreement.
Black plate (89,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Infotainment System 7-89
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions
constitute the entire agreement
between PANASONIC (and its
licensors, including their licensors
and suppliers) and you pertaining to
the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements
previously existing between us with
respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law
The above terms and conditions
shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Illinois (with respect to use
of Data for the Americas and/or the
Asia Pacific territories), and the laws
of The Netherlands (with respect to
Data for the Middle East, Africa,
Russia and Europe territories),
without giving effect to (i) its conflict
of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
Nations Convention for Contracts for
the International Sale of Goods,
which is explicitly excluded. You
agree to submit to the jurisdiction of
the State of Illinois for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users
If the Data is being acquired by or
on behalf of the United States
government or any other entity
seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the
United States government, this Data
is a “commercial item”as that term
is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”)
2.101, is licensed in accordance
with these End-User Terms, and
each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked
and embedded as appropriate with
the following “Notice of Use,”and
shall be treated in accordance with
such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
NAME:
NAVTEQ North America, LLC, c/o
Nokia
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street,
Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject
to these End-User Terms under
which this Data was provided.
© 2013 NAVTEQ. All rights
reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal
official refuses to use the legend
provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency,
or any federal official must notify
NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional
or alternative rights in the Data.
Black plate (90,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
7-90 Infotainment System
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter ......................... 8-6
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
this system.
1. Driver Temperature Control
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. Air Conditioning
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
8-2 Climate Controls
5. Front Defrost
6. ZONE
7. Passenger Temperature Control
8. Recirculation
9. Fan Control
10. Rear Window Defogger
Automatic Operation
AUTO (Automatic): When this
button is pressed, the system
automatically controls the inside
temperature, the air delivery mode,
the air conditioning compressor, and
the fan speed. When AUTO appears
in the display, the system is in full
automatic operation. If any of the
controls are manually adjusted, the
AUTO indicator turns off in the
display.
1. Press the AUTO button, if the
AUTO indicator does not appear
on the display.
2. Adjust the temperature to a
comfortable setting.
3. Adjust the air outlets as desired.
4. Let the system stabilize for a few
minutes.
In cold weather, the system starts in
the recirculation mode with the fan
off. As the engine warms up, warm
air is directed to the floor outlets,
before automatically changing to
bi-level mode with a reduced fan
speed.
Do not cover the solar sensor in the
center of the instrument panel, near
the windshield. See “Sensors”later
in this section.
The automatic climate control
system may not work as desired if
one or more of the instrument panel
outlets are closed.
Manual Operation
On/Off: Press 9to turn the
system on or off.
9(Fan Control): Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. The fan
speed appears on the infotainment
display.
Press the AUTO button to return to
automatic operation.
Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls: The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and the
passenger. Turn the temperature
controls clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature.
The temperature setting between
21°C (70°F) and 23°C (74°F) is
recommended.
The temperature settings for each
side are shown in the temperature
control knob displays and the
infotainment display. If the
temperature control is past 30°C
(86°F), the display shows HI
(hottest). Turning it past 16°C
(61°F), shows LO (coolest).
ZONE: Press to synchronize the
driver and passenger temperatures.
Single-Zone Mode: All zones are
set to the same temperature. “Driver
has control”will be displayed on the
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Climate Controls 8-3
infotainment display. Turn the driver
temperature control to adjust the
system temperature.
Dual-Zone Mode: Allows different
temperatures to be set for the driver
and passenger sides.
Enter Dual-Zone mode by adjusting
the passenger side temperature
when in Single-Zone mode.
Air Delivery Mode Controls:
Press Y,),-, or [to change
the current airflow mode. The
current mode selection appears in
the display screen. Changing the
mode cancels the automatic
operation and the system goes into
semi-automatic operation. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Select from the following:
Y(Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets and
console outlet.
)(Bi-Level): Air is divided
between the instrument panel
outlets, console outlet and the floor
outlets. Cooler air is directed to the
upper outlets and warmer air to the
floor outlets.
[(Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets with some air directed
to the outer instrument panel,
windshield, and side window outlets.
-(Defog): Air is directed to the
windshield, floor and side window
outlets. Use this mode to clear the
windows of fog or moisture and
warm the passengers.
5FRONT (Defrost): Press to
turn the defrost on or off. The 5
FRONT indicator appears in the
display. A portion of the air is
directed to the windshield and side
window outlets, with some air
directed to the outer instrument
panel outlets.
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before
defrosting.
Air Conditioning
#(Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning system on
or off. The #appears on the
infotainment display when the air
conditioning is on. When the air
conditioning is turned off, #OFF
appears on the infotainment display.
The air conditioning system
removes moisture and heat from
the air.
The air conditioning might
automatically turn off during heavy
acceleration, abnormal system
pressure or very cold outside
temperatures.
Recirculation
h(Recirculation): Press to
change the air intake between
recirculated air and outside air. h
appears on the infotainment display
when recirculation is activated.
The recirculation mode recycles
interior air and is not recommended
for extended use. If it is used for a
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
8-4 Climate Controls
long period of time, the system
automatically lets some outside air
into the vehicle for ventilation.
Do not use the recirculation mode if
occupants are smoking.
The recirculation mode cannot be
turned on in defrost mode.
AUTOhis displayed when the
system is automatically controlling
the combination of outside and
recirculated air for best
performance.
Pollution Mode: This mode selects
recirculation when the vehicle speed
is less than 15 km/h (9 mph) to
prevent exhaust fumes from
entering the vehicle in slow moving
traffic.
To select, see “Pollution Mode”in
the Climate and Air Quality menu
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog or frost
from the rear window. It only works
when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
+REAR (Rear Window
Defogger): Press to turn the rear
window defogger on or off. The
indicator on the button turns on. The
rear window defogger turns off
automatically if it is left on.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object on the inside rear window
can damage the antenna or
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not stick anything to the rear
window.
Heated Mirrors: If equipped with
heated outside rearview mirrors, the
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost
from the surface of the mirror when
the rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors on
page 2-17.
Sensors
The automatic climate control
system uses sensors to maintain
temperatures. The solar sensor is
on the instrument panel near the
windshield, and the outside
temperature sensor is in front of the
radiator.
The solar sensor monitors the solar
radiation when operating in AUTO
mode, adjusting the temperature,
fan speed and air delivery.
The system may also supply cooler
air to the side of the vehicle facing
the sun. The recirculation mode will
also be activated, as necessary.
The outside temperature sensor can
be affected by radiant heat when
the vehicle is not moving.
To prevent false temperature
readings, the displayed temperature
will not update at low vehicle
speeds.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Climate Controls 8-5
If the vehicle has been turned off for
less than four hours, the
temperature at start up will be
recalled from previous operation.
Do not cover the sensors; otherwise
the automatic climate control system
will not work properly.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation
If equipped with the remote start
feature, when it is activated, the
climate control system will use the
previous settings. See Remote
Vehicle Start on page 2-8.
Regular Operation
Adjusting the Temperature
When the climate control system
has stabilized, adjust the
temperature to a comfortable
setting.
Quick Cool Down
When entering the vehicle on a hot
day, open the windows for a short
time to allow the hot air to escape.
Automatic Transmission
If the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in hot weather and the engine
is running and the air conditioning is
operating, move the shift lever to
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
Hissing Sound
A slight hissing sound when the air
conditioning is turned off is normal.
Water
Water may drip from underneath the
vehicle, this is normal.
Unsealed Dusty Roads
To help prevent dust from entering
your vehicle:
.When following other vehicles
on dusty roads and the dust is
airborne, select h.
.If the dust is not airborne, select
outside air and set the fan
control to high speed.
.Close all windows.
.Do not use recirculation for long
periods of time.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
8-6 Climate Controls
Air Vents
The air outlets have adjustable
vanes that move up or down and left
or right to change the direction of
the airflow. Use the thumbwheels
located near the air outlets on the
instrument panel to shut off the
airflow.
Operation Tips
.Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
may block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors may adversely affect
performance of the system.
.Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The vehicle has a passenger
compartment air filter that filters the
outside air entering the vehicle. The
filter removes contaminants, such
as pollen and dust. See your dealer
for more information about filter
replacement.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Track Events and Competitive
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-10
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-15
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Running the Vehicle While
Parked ..................... 9-22
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-22
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . 9-27
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-29
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Competitive Driving Mode . . . 9-31
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 9-32
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-47
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-47
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-2 Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
.Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-3
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the Infotainment section for
more information on using that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.”The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3-8.
.Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
.Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious —or even
fatal —collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.Avoid needless heavy braking.
.Keep pace with traffic.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-4 Driving and Operating
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Electric Power Steering
The vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
held against that position for an
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time, power
assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See specific vehicle steering
messages under Service Vehicle
Messages on page 5-31. See your
dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips
.Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
.Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) allows steering while
braking.
Off-Road Recovery
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-5
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.Braking Skid —wheels are not
rolling.
.Steering or Cornering
Skid —too much speed or
steering in a curve causes tires
to slip and lose cornering force.
.Acceleration Skid —too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues —such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface —and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Track Events and
Competitive Driving
Track events or competitive driving
may affect the vehicle warranty. See
the warranty manual before using
the vehicle for track testing or other
competitive driving.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-6 Driving and Operating
{Caution
If the vehicle is used for track
events and competitive driving,
the engine may use more oil than
it would with normal use. Low oil
levels can damage the engine.
Check the oil level often and at
the proper level. See Engine Oil
on page 10-6.
Be sure to check the oil level often
during racing or other competitive
driving and keep the level at or near
the upper mark that shows the
proper operating range on the
engine oil dipstick.
For track events or competitive
driving, it is recommended that the
brake fluid be replaced with a high
performance brake fluid that has a
dry boiling point greater than 279°C
(534°F). After conversion to the high
performance brake fluid, follow the
brake fluid service
recommendations outlined by the
fluid manufacturer. Do not use
silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.
Because the fluid temperatures may
be higher, it is necessary to change
the rear axle fluid every 24 hours of
racing or competitive driving. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
{Caution
During a first time track or racing
event, high rear axle
temperatures can occur. Damage
could be caused to the rear axle
and would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Do not drive as long or as fast the
first time the vehicle is driven on
the track or raced.
For extended track use, GM
recommends installing a rear
differential cooler to protect the
rear axle.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
{Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
(Continued)
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-7
Warning (Continued)
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.Allow extra following distance.
.Pass with caution.
.Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-34.
.Turn off cruise control.
Highway Hypnosis
Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
safe place to park the vehicle
and rest.
Other driving tips include:
.Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
.Keep the interior
temperature cool.
.Keep your eyes moving —scan
the road ahead and to the sides.
.Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-8 Driving and Operating
{Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
.Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
.Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
.Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
Traction Control should be turned
on. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) on page 9-26.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-9
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13-5.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
.Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle and set the fan speed to
the highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems”.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-21.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-10 Driving and Operating
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-30.
{Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10-71.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle show
how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification label.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
(Continued)
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-11
Warning (Continued)
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
1. Number of Occupant Seating
Positions
2. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight
3. Size of the Original Equipment
Tires
4. Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressure
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle's center
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
Loading Information label shows
the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (4). For more
information on tires and inflation
see Tires on page 10-34 and
Tire Pressure on page 10-41.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle. See “Certification
Label”later in this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-12 Driving and Operating
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual
to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing on page 9-50
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules, and trailering tips.
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
(300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
(750 lbs).
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-13
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs).
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification
label is attached to the vehicle's
center pillar (B-pillar). The label
tells the gross weight capacity of
the vehicle, called the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo. Never exceed
the GVWR for the vehicle, or the
Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
And, if there is a heavy load, it
should be spread out. See
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit”earlier in this
section.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
(Continued)
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-14 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
If you put things inside the
vehicle —like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything
else —they will go as fast as the
vehicle goes. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, they will keep going.
{Warning
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
.Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
.Do not leave a seat folded
down unless needed.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-15
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Use the following precautions to
improve performance:
.For the first 1000 km (621 mi):
Do not make full throttle starts.
Avoid downshifting to brake or
slow the vehicle.
Do not drive at any one constant
speed.
Use moderate acceleration in
lower gears.
Avoid vehicle speeds above
110 km/h (68 mph).
.Between the first 1000 km
(621 mi) and 5000 km (3,107 mi),
heavy acceleration in lower
gears may be used.
Vehicle speeds above 110 km/h
(68 mph) should be limited to
five minutes per use.
.Avoid making hard stops for the
first 350 km (217 mi) to avoid
premature wear and early
replacement of brakes.
Ignition Positions
The vehicle has an electronic
keyless ignition with pushbutton
start.
Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
Engine/OFF.
The transmitter must be in the
vehicle for the system to operate.
If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a
strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the Keyless Access
system. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation on
page 2-3.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied.
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No
Indicator Lights): When the
vehicle is stopped, press the
ENGINE START/STOP button once
to turn the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-18.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display a
message in the Driver Information
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-16 Driving and Operating
Center (DIC). See Transmission
Messages on page 5-32. When the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the
ignition system will switch to OFF.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to OFF. On vehicles with an
automatic transmission, the shift
lever must be in P (Park) to turn
the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake on
page 9-27.
{Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for longer than
two seconds, or press twice in
five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light): This mode allows
you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after
five minutes to prevent battery
rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light): This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will place the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Engine on
page 9-17. The ignition will then
remain in ON/RUN.
Service Only Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-17
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
The instruments and audio systems
will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be
driven. The engine will not start in
Service Only Mode. Press the
button again to turn the vehicle off.
Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
{Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
{Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
on page 9-50.
Starting Procedure
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the transmitter must be
in the vehicle. Put your foot on
the brake pedal and push the
START button. When the engine
begins cranking, let go of the
button.
The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
If the transmitter is not in the
vehicle or something is
interfering with the transmitter,
the Driver Information Center
(DIC) will display a message.
See Key and Lock Messages on
page 5-29.
If the battery in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
needs replacing, the DIC will
display a message. The vehicle
can still be driven. See “Starting
the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery”in Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System. This feature assists in
starting the engine and protects
components. If the ENGINE
START/STOP button is pressed,
and then released when the
engine begins cranking, the
engine will continue cranking for
a few seconds or until the
vehicle starts. If the engine does
not start and the button is
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-18 Driving and Operating
pressed for many seconds,
cranking will be stopped after
15 seconds to prevent cranking
motor damage. To prevent gear
damage, this system also
prevents cranking if the engine
is already running. Engine
cranking can be stopped by
pressing the ENGINE START/
STOP button a second time.
{Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after
five to 10 seconds, especially in
very cold weather (below −18°C
or 0°F), it could be flooded with
too much gasoline. Try pushing
the accelerator pedal all the way
to the floor and holding it there
as you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button, for up to a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to allow the cranking motor
to cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the button and
the accelerator. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops
again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
engine immediately after starting
it. Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
The power windows will operate
when the ignition is in the ON/RUN
or ACC/ACCESSORY positions.
Once the ignition is turned off, RAP
allows the power windows to
continue to operate for up to
10 minutes. If a door is opened
during this time, they will be
deactivated.
The audio system will be
deactivated only if the driver door is
opened.
Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake.
See Electric Parking Brake on
page 9-27.
2. Hold the button on the shift lever
and push the lever toward the
front of the vehicle into P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition off.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-19
Leaving the Vehicle With the
Engine Running
{Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-18.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) and the parking
brake set.
Release the button and check that
the shift lever cannot be moved out
of P (Park).
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
listed previously.
If torque lock does occur, the
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is designed to
prevent movement of the shift lever
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is
in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
applied.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10-69.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Place the ignition in ON/RUN.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-20 Driving and Operating
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you are still having a problem
shifting, see your dealer.
Shift Lock Manual Release
If jump starting the vehicle did not
work, the shift lock manual release
must be used.
To access the shift lock manual
release:
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Remove the trim from the center
console, in front of the shift
lever.
3. Insert a tool into the opening as
far as it will go and move the
shift lever out of P (Park).
If P (Park) is selected again, the
shift lever will be locked again.
Have the cause of the problem
fixed by your dealer.
4. Refit the trim to the center
console.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-21
Parking over Things
That Burn
{Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Engine Exhaust
{Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
.The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-22 Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-18
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-21.
Automatic
Transmission
Press the select button on the front
of the shift lever to move into any
position.
When the shift lever position is
changed, the lever position is
indicated on the bottom of the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
The engine will not start unless the
shift lever is in P (Park) or
N (Neutral).
P (Park): This position locks the
rear wheels. It is the best position to
use when the engine is started
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.
{Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-18.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-23
transmission shift lock control
system. Fully apply the brake pedal
first and then press the shift lever
button before shifting from P (Park)
when the ignition is in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY. If the vehicle
will not shift out of P (Park), ease
pressure on the shift lever and push
the shift lever all the way into
P (Park) while maintaining brake
application. Then press the shift
lever button and move the shift lever
into another gear. See Shifting out
of Park on page 9-19.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)
can also be used to rock the vehicle
back and forth to get out of snow,
ice, or sand without damaging the
transmission. See If the Vehicle Is
Stuck on page 9-10 for additional
information.
{Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
{Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
{Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive): Use this position for
general driving. The transmission
automatically selects the
appropriate gear according to the
current load and driving conditions.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-24 Driving and Operating
{Caution
If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
or does not shift gears, the
transmission could be damaged.
Have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Sport Shift Mode
Sport Shift mode can be selected
where maximum responsiveness is
required.
When operated in Sport Shift mode,
the transmission will delay upshifts
and allow earlier downshifts.
In addition, the transmission can
sense enthusiastic driving, at which
point it may delay upshifting and
downshift earlier when braking. This
is designed to maximize vehicle
performance.
To activate sport shift mode:
1. Move the shift lever to D (Drive).
2. Push the shift lever to the right.
Sport Mode On is displayed on
the DIC.
Do not move the shift lever to
+ (Plus) or −(Minus), otherwise
Active Select mode will be
enabled.
3. To return to Normal Shift mode,
move the shift lever left, to
D (Drive). Sport Mode Off is
displayed on the DIC.
On the bottom of the display, S
appears as long as Sport Shift
mode is selected.
Normal Shift Mode
Normal shift mode is recommended
for normal or freeway driving, as it
provides optimum fuel economy.
When the shift lever is moved to
D (Drive), normal shift mode is
selected.
Manual Mode
Active Select (A/S) Mode
A/S mode allows gears to be
selected manually.
It can also provide engine braking
by selecting the appropriate lower
gear on a steep downhill grade.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-25
To enable A/S mode:
1. Move the shift lever to D (Drive).
2. Push the lever to the right.
3. Shift to the required gear:
To shift up a gear, briefly push
the lever forward toward the
+ (Plus) and release it.
To shift down a gear, briefly pull
the lever rearward toward the
−(Minus) and release it.
After changing the gear and
releasing the shift lever, it returns to
the center position on the right side
of the selector.
On the bottom of the display, M and
the currently selected gear appear
as long as A/S mode is selected.
Alternatively, the paddles can be
used to shift to the required gear:
To shift up a gear, briefly pull the
+ (Plus) paddle toward the steering
wheel and release it.
To shift down a gear, briefly pull the
−(Minus) paddle toward the steering
wheel and release it.
.The transmission will shift to a
selected gear only if the engine
speed is within a suitable range.
If not suitable, SHIFT DENIED
will be displayed in the DIC, and
the transmission will not shift
gears. Continuing to hold the
lever in the −(Minus) position
will select the requested gear as
soon as the vehicle speed
decreases to the allowed speed
for that gear.
.If the engine speed becomes too
low for the currently selected
gear, the transmission will
automatically shift down, even
though A/S mode is still
selected.
.While in A/S mode, 2 (Second)
or 3 (Third) gear starts can be
selected from a standing start.
This is useful for gentle
acceleration on slippery
surfaces.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-26 Driving and Operating
To disable A/S mode and return to
Normal Shift mode, push the shift
lever to the left, to position D (Drive).
On the bottom of the display, D is
displayed.
To disable A/S mode and return to
Sport Shift mode, hold the shift lever
in the + (Plus) position for more than
one second. On the bottom of the
display, S is displayed.
Temporary Active Select
(A/S) Mode
A/S can also be operated from
D (Drive) using the steering wheel
paddles only. With the vehicle in
motion, briefly pulling the + (Plus) or
−(Minus) steering wheel paddles at
any time will engage Temporary
A/S mode.
In this mode A/S functions as if
activated from Sport mode, except
that the transmission will
automatically exit Temporary A/S
mode to Normal Shift mode if any of
the following conditions are met:
.The vehicle speed drops below
approximately 10 km/h (6 mph).
.No shift paddle is pressed, and
steady driving without
accelerating, decelerating,
or cornering is detected for
approximately seven seconds.
.The + (Plus) steering wheel
paddle is pulled and held for
more than one second.
.The shift lever is moved out of
D (Drive) to Sport Shift mode.
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5-16.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-27
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
computer will separately work the
brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Electric Parking Brake
The vehicle has an Electric Parking
Brake (EPB). The switch is on the
center console. The EPB can
always be activated, even if the
ignition is off. To prevent draining
the battery, avoid repeated cycles of
the EPB when the engine is not
running.
The system has a red parking brake
status light and an amber parking
brake warning light. See Electric
Parking Brake Light on page 5-15
and Service Electric Parking Brake
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-28 Driving and Operating
Light on page 5-15. There are also
parking brake-related Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages.
See Brake System Messages on
page 5-26. In case of insufficient
electrical power, the EPB cannot be
applied or released.
Before leaving the vehicle, check
the red parking brake status light to
ensure that the parking brake is
applied.
EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
complete stop.
2. Lift up the EPB switch
momentarily.
The red parking brake status light
will flash and then stay on once the
EPB is fully applied. If the red
parking brake status light flashes
continuously, then the EPB is only
partially applied or there is a
problem with the EPB. A DIC
message will display. Release the
EPB and try to apply it again. If the
light does not come on, or keeps
flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
Do not drive the vehicle if the red
parking brake status light is flashing.
See your dealer. See Electric
Parking Brake Light on page 5-15.
If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
and hold it up. Continue to hold the
switch until the red parking brake
status light remains on. If the amber
parking brake warning light remains
on, see your dealer.
If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
decelerate as long as the switch is
held up. If the switch is held up until
the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB will remain applied.
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
wheels should be blocked to
prevent vehicle movement.
EPB Release
To release the EPB:
1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
3. Push down momentarily on the
EPB switch.
The EPB is released when the red
parking brake status light is off.
If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, release the EPB by
pushing down on the EPB switch
and holding it down. Continue to
hold the switch until the red parking
brake status light is off. If either light
stays on after release is attempted,
see your dealer.
{Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
(Continued)
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-29
Caution (Continued)
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if
the vehicle is running, placed into
gear, and an attempt is made to
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
Brake Assist
This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver
in stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature
automatically uses the stability
system hydraulic brake control
module to supplement the power
brake system under conditions
where the driver has quickly and
forcefully applied the brake pedal in
an attempt to quickly stop or slow
down the vehicle. The stability
system hydraulic brake control
module increases brake pressure at
each corner of the vehicle until the
ABS activates. Minor brake pedal
pulsation or pedal movement during
this time is normal and the driver
should continue to apply the brake
pedal as the driving situation
dictates. The brake assist feature
will automatically disengage when
the brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has an HSA feature,
which may be useful when the
vehicle is stopped on a grade. This
feature is designed to prevent the
vehicle from rolling, either forward or
rearward, during vehicle drive off.
After the driver completely stops
and holds the vehicle in a complete
standstill on a grade, HSA will be
automatically activated. During the
transition period between when the
driver releases the brake pedal and
starts to accelerate to drive off on a
grade, HSA holds the braking
pressure for a maximum of
two seconds to ensure that there is
no rolling. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. It will not
activate if the vehicle is in a drive
gear and facing downhill, or if the
vehicle is facing uphill and in
R (Reverse).
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-30 Driving and Operating
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak
®
, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on
page 9-10 and “Turning the
Systems Off and On”later in this
section.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
.Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
dcomes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-31
If dcomes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If dcomes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off
and On
To turn the system off, press the
TCS/StabiliTrak button on the center
console.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release the TCS/StabiliTrak button.
The traction off light idisplays in
the instrument cluster.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release the TCS/StabiliTrak button.
The traction off light idisplayed in
the instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the TCS/StabiliTrak button is
pressed, the system will not turn off
until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold the TCS/StabiliTrak
button until the traction off light i
and StabiliTrak OFF light gcome
on and stay on in the instrument
cluster.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release the TCS/
StabiliTrak button. The traction off
light iand StabiliTrak OFF light g
in the instrument cluster turn off.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-2.
Competitive Driving Mode
The Competitive Driving Mode
system is designed to allow
increased performance while
accelerating and/or cornering. This
is accomplished by regulating and
optimizing engine, steering, and
brake performance. This mode is for
use at a closed course race track
and is not intended for use on public
roads. It will not compensate for
driver inexperience or lack of
familiarity with the race track.
Drivers who prefer to allow the
system to have more control of the
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-32 Driving and Operating
engine and brake systems are
advised to turn the normal TCS and
StabiliTrak systems on.
Competitive Driving Mode
Competitive Driving Mode controls
engine power while the StabiliTrak
system helps maintain directional
control of the vehicle by selective
brake application. In this mode, TCS
is optimized. Adjust your driving
style to account for the available
engine power.
The glight is on when the vehicle is
in the Competitive Driving Mode.
This optional handling mode can be
selected by pressing the gbutton
quickly two times. The appropriate
message displays in the DIC. See
Ride Control System Messages on
page 5-31 for more information.
When the gbutton is pressed
again, the TCS and StabiliTrak
systems are on. The appropriate
message displays briefly in the DIC.
{Warning
The Competitive Driving Mode
system is designed for a closed
course race track and not
intended for use on public roads.
The system is not intended to
compensate for lack of driver
experience or familiarity with the
race track.
Limited-Slip Rear Axle
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle
can give more traction on snow,
mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When
traction is low, this feature allows
the drive wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle. The
limited-slip rear axle also gives the
driver enhanced control when
cornering hard or completing a
maneuver, such as a lane change.
Cruise Control
With cruise control, the vehicle can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control is disengaged.
If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak
®
system and begins to limit wheel
spin while using cruise control, the
cruise control automatically
disengages. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control on
page 9-30. If a collision alert occurs
when cruise control is activated,
cruise control is disengaged. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-40. When road
conditions allow you to safely use it
again, the cruise control can be
turned back on.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-33
{Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use the
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads. 1(On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
A white cruise control indicator
appears in the instrument cluster.
*(Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the
thumbwheel up briefly to make the
vehicle resume to a previously set
speed or hold upwards to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET/−(Set/Coast): Move the
thumbwheel down briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease speed.
Setting Cruise Control
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get bumped and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise button turned off when cruise
control is not being used.
To set a speed:
1. Press 1.
2. Get to the speed desired.
3. Move the thumbwheel down
toward SET/−and release it.
The cruise control indicator turns
green.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-34 Driving and Operating
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly. The vehicle returns to the
previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Move the thumbwheel up toward
RES/+ and hold it until the
vehicle accelerates to the
desired speed, and then
release it.
.To increase the speed in small
increments, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly and then release it. Each
time this is done, the vehicle
goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph)
faster.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Move the thumbwheel toward
SET/−and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.
.To slow down in small
increments, move the
thumbwheel toward SET/−
briefly. Each time this is done,
the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle slows down to the previously
set cruise control speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
moving the thumbwheel toward
SET/–will result in cruise control set
to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to maintain the
vehicle speed. When the brakes are
applied, the cruise control is
disengaged.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-35
Ending Cruise Control
There are three ways to end cruise
control:
.To disengage cruise control,
step lightly on the brake pedal.
.Press *.
.To turn off the cruise control,
press 1.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 1is pressed
or if the vehicle is turned off.
Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.
{Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or see
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
on page 9-3.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
.Detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or animals.
.Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored by
the system.
.Work at all driving speeds.
.Warn you or provide you with
enough time to avoid a crash.
.Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.
.Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-36 Driving and Operating
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),
the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) and
Rear Parking Assist may help the
driver to avoid a crash or to reduce
crash damage while backing and
parking. Some models may also
have Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA), Automatic Parking Assist
(APA), and/or Front Parking Assist.
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the center stack display. When
the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), the screen returns to
the previous content, after a short
delay. To see the previous content
sooner, press one of the radio
buttons. If the message Service
Rear Camera System is displayed,
the vehicle may need service.
{Warning
The RVC system does not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
animals, or any other object
located outside the camera's field
of view, below the bumper,
or under the vehicle. Perceived
distances may be different from
actual distances. Do not back the
vehicle using only the RVC
screen, during longer, higher
speed backing maneuvers,
or where there could be cross
traffic. Failure to use proper care
before backing may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Always check behind and around
the vehicle before backing.
1. View Displayed by the Camera
1. View Displayed by the Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-37
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
On vehicles with the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA), a triangle with
an arrow may also display on the
RVC screen to warn of traffic
coming from either direction. This
system detects objects coming from
up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or
right side behind the vehicle. When
an object is detected beeps sound
from the left or right side, depending
on the direction of the detected
vehicle.
With Rear Park Assist, and if
equipped with Front Park Assist, as
the vehicle moves at speeds of less
than 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors on
the bumpers detect objects up to
2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) in
front of the vehicle within a zone
25 cm (10 in) high off the ground
and below bumper level. These
detection distances may be less
during warmer or humid weather.
{Warning
The parking assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with
parking assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.
An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a
continuous tone for five seconds.
Beeps for Front Parking Assist are
higher pitched than for Rear Parking
Assist.
Turning the Features On or Off
The Xbutton near the shift lever
is used to turn on or off the Front
and Rear Parking Assist. The
indicator light next to the button
comes on when the features are on
and turns off when the features
have been disabled.
The Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
parking assist symbols, guidance
lines, and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-38 Driving and Operating
(RCTA) can be turned on or off
through Vehicle Personalization.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA)
If equipped, the APA system
searches for and steers the vehicle
into parallel or perpendicular parking
spots. When using APA, you must
still shift gears, and control the
brakes and accelerator. The Driver
information Center (DIC) and
audible beeps help to guide parking
maneuvers.
{Warning
APA does not apply the brakes.
APA may not detect objects in the
parking space, objects that are
soft or narrow, objects high off the
ground such as flatbed trucks,
or objects below ground level
such as large potholes. Always
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
verify that the parking space is
appropriate for parking a vehicle.
APA does not respond to changes
in the parking space, such as
movement of an adjacent vehicle,
or a person or object entering the
parking space. APA does not
detect or avoid traffic that is
behind or alongside of the
vehicle. Always be prepared to
stop the vehicle during the
parking maneuver.
The system is available when the
vehicle speed is below 30 km/h
(18 mph). Press Oto enable the
system to begin searching for a
space that is large enough to park.
The system cannot detect whether it
is a legal parking space.
If equipped with perpendicular
parking mode, press and hold the
APA button during the search
process to switch the APA parking
mode between perpendicular and
parallel parking. APA searches for
parking spaces to the right of the
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-39
vehicle. To search for a parking
space to the left, turn on the left turn
signal.
After completely passing a large
enough space bordered by two
vehicles or other objects, an audible
beep occurs and a red symbol
displays in the DIC.
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop
once a large enough space is found.
Follow the instructions in the DIC.
When instructed to drive in reverse,
shift to R (Reverse) to engage
automatic steering. The steering
wheel will vibrate briefly as a
reminder to remove hands from the
steering wheel. Check surroundings
and continue braking or accelerating
as needed, and be prepared to stop
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians,
or objects. If the vehicle is in
R (Reverse), but does not steer into
the expected space, this may be
because the system is maneuvering
the vehicle into a previously
detected space. The APA system
does not need service.
If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h
(6 mph), APA is automatically
disengaged and Automatic Steering
will turn off. A DIC progress arrow
displays the status of the parking
maneuver. Depending on the space
size, additional maneuvers may be
required, and there will be additional
instructions. When changing gears,
allow the automatic steering to
complete before continuing the
parking maneuver. Upon completion
of a successful maneuver, APA will
beep and display a PARKING
COMPLETE message. Place the
vehicle in P (Park).
APA may automatically disengage if:
.The steering wheel is used by
the driver.
.The maximum allowed speed is
exceeded.
.There is a failure with the APA
system.
.Electronic stability control or
antilock brakes are activated.
.An important vehicle message is
displayed in the DIC.
To cancel APA, press the APA
button again.
When the System Does Not Seem
to Work Properly
The APA system may require a
short period of driving along curves
to calibrate.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-40 Driving and Operating
Assistance Systems for
Driving
If equipped, when driving the
vehicle, Forward Collision Alert
(FCA), Lane Departure Warning
(LDW), and Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) can help to avoid a crash or
reduce crash damage.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).
{Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
FCA can be disabled with the FCA
steering wheel control.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills; or due to poor
visibility. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-41
Warning (Continued)
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
more rapidly which can cause a
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Collision Alert occurs.
Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a detected vehicle ahead
much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press [to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
or Off. The first button press shows
the current setting on the Head-Up
Display (HUD). Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
changed and will affect the timing of
both the Collision Alert and the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on
vehicle speed. The faster the
vehicle speed, the farther away the
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-42 Driving and Operating
alert will occur. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting
the alert timing. The range of
selectable alert timing may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield in front of
the camera sensor and the front of
the vehicle may correct the issue.
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with vehicles in the side blind
zone (or spot) areas. The SBZA
warning display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
{Warning
SBZA does not alert the driver to
vehicles rapidly approaching
outside of the side blind zones,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals. It may not provide
alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
use proper care when changing
lanes may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Before
making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn
signals.
SBZA Detection Zones
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This
zone starts at approximately the
middle of the vehicle and goes back
5 m (16 ft).
How the System Works
The SBZA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a vehicle in the next lane
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-43
over that is in the side blind zone.
This indicates it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
change, check the SBZA display,
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Left Side Mirror
Display
Right Side Mirror
Display
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror SBZA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is moving forward, the left-
or right-side mirror display will light
up if a vehicle is detected in that
blind zone. If the turn signal is
activated in the same direction of a
detected vehicle, this display will
flash as an extra warning not to
change lanes.
SBZA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems”under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33. If SBZA is disabled by
the driver, the SBZA mirror displays
will not light up.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
SBZA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly or
when towing a trailer. The SBZA
detection zones that extend back
from the side of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed. Use caution while changing
lanes when towing a trailer. SBZA
may alert to objects attached to the
vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle,
or object extending out to either side
of the vehicle. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
SBZA may not always alert the
driver to vehicles in the side blind
zone, especially in wet conditions.
The system does not need to be
serviced. The system may light up
due to guardrails, signs, trees,
shrubs, and other non-moving
objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
SBZA may not operate when the
SBZA sensors in the left or right
corners of the rear bumper are
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
cleaning instructions, see "Washing
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care on
page 10-72. If the DIC still displays
the system unavailable message
after cleaning both sides of the
vehicle toward the rear corners of
the vehicle, see your dealer.
If the SBZA displays do not light up
when vehicles are in the blind zone
and the system is clean, the system
may need service. Take the vehicle
to your dealer.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-44 Driving and Operating
When SBZA is disabled for any
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
option will not be available on the
personalization menu.
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
detected lane without using a turn
signal in the lane departure
direction. LDW uses a camera
sensor to detect the lane markings.
It only operates at speeds of
56 km/h (35 mph) or greater.
When the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking and is
traveling greater than 56 km/h
(35 mph), the LDW indicator will
flash and three beeps will be
sounded from the left or right side,
depending on the lane departure
direction. LDW will not warn if the
turn signal is on or if a sharp
maneuver is made.
{Warning
The LDW system is an aid to help
the vehicle stay in the driving
lane. It does not steer the vehicle.
The LDW system may not:
.Provide enough time to avoid
a crash.
.Detect lane markings under
bad weather conditions or if
the windshield is dirty.
.Detect lane markings and will
not detect road edges.
.Warn that the vehicle is
crossing a lane marking if the
system does not detect the
lane marking.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marker. Even with LDW, always
keep your attention on the road
and maintain proper vehicle
position within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield clean and do not use
LDW in bad weather conditions.
How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-45
To turn LDW on and off, press @on
the steering wheel. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.
When the vehicle is started, the
LDW indicator on the instrument
cluster will come on briefly.
If LDW is on, the LDW indicator will
appear green if the system detects
a left or right lane marking while the
vehicle is traveling at 56 km/h
(35 mph) or greater. If the vehicle
crosses a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in the
lane departure direction, this
indicator will change to amber and
flash. In addition, three beeps will
be sounded from the left or right
side, depending on the lane
departure direction.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
If the LDW symbol does not appear
when the system is on and the
vehicle is traveling at least 56 km/h
(35 mph):
.The lane markings on the road
may not be seen.
.The camera sensor may be
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
.The windshield may be
damaged.
.The weather may be limiting
visibility.
This is normal operation; the vehicle
does not need service. Clean the
windshield.
Lane markings may not be detected
on curves, highway exit ramps,
or hills; or due to poor visibility.
If the LDW camera system does not
seem to operate properly, cleaning
the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera sensor may correct
the issue.
{Warning
LDW does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects the lane markings. LDW
may not detect the lane markings
if the camera sensor is blocked
by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the
windshield is damaged. It may
also not detect a lane on winding
or hilly roads, or in conditions that
(Continued)
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-46 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
can limit visibility such as fog,
rain, or snow, or if the headlamps
or windshield are not cleaned or
in proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair.
LDW warnings may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
or other road imperfections. This is
normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S., to help keep the
engine clean and maintain optimum
vehicle performance, we
recommend using TOP TIER
Detergent Gasolines. See
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasolines.
Recommended Fuel
Use premium unleaded gasoline
with a posted octane rating of 91 or
higher. Regular unleaded gasoline
rated at 87 octane or higher can be
used, but acceleration could be
reduced, and an audible knocking
noise may be heard. If the octane is
less than 87, a heavy knocking
noise may be heard. If this occurs,
use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or
higher as soon as possible.
Otherwise, the engine could be
damaged. If heavy knocking is
heard when using gasoline with a
higher octane rating, the engine
needs service.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. Driving or
starting could be affected if the
incorrect fuel is used. Drive the
vehicle with the engine running until
the fuel is a half tank or less, then
refuel with the current seasonal fuel.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-47
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 and other fuels
containing more than 15% ethanol
must be used only in FlexFuel
vehicles.
{Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines that are not
reformulated for low emissions can
contain an octane-enhancing
additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines with MMT as they can
reduce spark plug life and affect
emission control system
performance. The malfunction
indicator lamp may turn on. If this
occurs, see your dealer for service.
Gasoline Specifications
At a minimum, gasoline should meet
ASTM specification D 4814. Some
gasolines contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
against the use of gasolines
containing MMT. See “Prohibited
Fuels" in Recommended Fuel on
page 9-46.
California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle may not pass a smog-check
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-12. If this occurs,
return to your authorized dealer for
diagnosis. If it is determined that the
condition is caused by the type of
fuel used, repairs may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S., the proper fuel
might be hard to find. Check
regional auto club or fuel retail
brand websites for availability in the
country where driving. Never use
leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, or any other fuel not
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-48 Driving and Operating
recommended. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel on
page 9-46.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS, part
number 88861013, added to the fuel
tank at every engine oil change, can
help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS
is the only gasoline additive
recommended by General Motors.
It is available at your dealer.
Filling the Tank
{Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the fuel
pump island.
.Turn off the engine when
refueling.
.Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
.Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
wait for any hiss noise to stop
then unscrew the cap all
the way
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Driving and Operating 9-49
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the passenger side of the
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push
and release the rearward center
edge of the door.
When reinstalling the cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks, otherwise
the malfunction indicator lamp may
turn on. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-12.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10-72.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-12.
{Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
{Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap might not fit properly,
might cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5-12.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
.Use approved fuel
containers.
.Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
.Place the container on the
ground.
.Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
(Continued)
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
9-50 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
.Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
.Do not smoke, light matches,
or use lighters while
pumping fuel.
.Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.
Trailer Towing
The vehicle is neither designed nor
intended to tow a trailer.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-24 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-25.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-2
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 10-8
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-10
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-16
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-21
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check ..................... 10-22
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check ..................... 10-22
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-23
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Windshield Replacement . . . 10-24
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-25
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-36
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-2 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-52
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-68
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
California Proposition 65
Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-3
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-25.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-24.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11-14.
{Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-4 Vehicle Care
Hood
To open the hood:
1. Pull up on the hood release
handle with this symbol on it.
It is located below the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
column.
2. Push up on the secondary hood
release and lift the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-27.
2. Coolant Recovery Reservoir and
Dipstick Cap. See Cooling
System on page 10-11.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6.
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System on
page 10-11.
6. Radiator Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System on page 10-11.
7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10-69.
8. Brake Master Cylinder
Reservoir. See Brakes on
page 10-18.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-10.
10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
on page 10-17.
11. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10-69.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil”and “When to Add
Engine Oil”in this section.
.Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-8.
.Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil”in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-7
{Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it
with a paper towel or cloth, then
push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is at the lower mark at the
tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of
the recommended oil and then
recheck the level. See “Selecting
the Right Engine Oil”in this section
for an explanation of what kind of oil
to use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2
{Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5
Add enough oil to reach the upper
mark on the dipstick. Push the
dipstick all the way back in when
through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Specification
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
with the dexos1
®
approved
certification mark. Engine oils
meeting the requirements for the
vehicle should have the dexos1
approved certification mark. This
certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the dexos1
specification.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-8 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil can result in engine
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity grade oils such as
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct
specification. See “Specification”
earlier in this section for more
information.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-9
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine Oil Messages on page 5-28.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-21.
2. Press and hold the SET/CLR
button on the DIC while the Oil
Life display is active. The oil life
will change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
The system is reset when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message goes off.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer service department and have
it repaired as soon as possible.
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, you should
have this done at your dealer
service department. Contact your
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. To purchase a
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-10 Vehicle Care
service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2, and be sure
to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine air cleaner/filter.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
and replace it when required. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2 for more information.
If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
inspect the filter at each engine oil
change.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required. Never use
compressed air to clean the filter.
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Air Duct Clamp Screw
2. Retaining Clips
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-4.
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the screw (1) on the
air duct clamp.
3. Remove the retaining clips (2)
securing the cover on the air
cleaner/filter housing.
4. Pull straight up on the cover;
while holding the cover, remove
the air filter.
5. Inspect or replace the air filter.
See Maintenance Replacement
Parts on page 11-13.
6. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the cover.
{Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
(Continued)
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-11
Warning (Continued)
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
{Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
Cooling System
1. Coolant Recovery Reservoir
2. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
3. Radiator Cap
{Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-12 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL
®
can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL
®
engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10-16.
What to Use
{Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
.Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F), outside
temperature.
.Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F), engine
temperature.
.Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.Will not damage aluminum parts.
.Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
{Caution
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
(Continued)
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-13
Caution (Continued)
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or pouring it into
sewers, streams or bodies of water.
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
To check coolant:
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Locate the coolant recovery
reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-5.
3. Turn the coolant recovery
reservoir dipstick cap
counterclockwise and slowly pull
out the dipstick. There are
maximum and minimum
markings on the dipstick.
4. When the engine is cold, the
coolant level should be at or
above the minimum mark (1).
After the vehicle has been driven
and the engine is at normal
operating temperature, the level
should be somewhere between
half full and the maximum
mark (2).
5. If the coolant level is correct,
replace the coolant recovery
reservoir dipstick cap and turn
clockwise to secure.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-14 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Recovery Bottle
{Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
{Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
To add coolant:
1. Turn the engine coolant recovery
reservoir dipstick cap
counterclockwise 1/8 of a turn
and slowly pull out the dipstick.
2. Pour the coolant into the engine
coolant recovery reservoir.
3. When the level is correct, as per
the markings on the dipstick,
replace the coolant recovery
reservoir dipstick cap and turn
clockwise to secure.
How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator
{Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
{Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
{Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. They are
(Continued)
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-15
Warning (Continued)
under pressure, and if you turn
the radiator cap —even a
little —they can come out at high
speed. Never turn the cap when
the cooling system, including the
radiator cap, is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and radiator cap
to cool if you ever have to turn
the pressure cap.
If no coolant is visible in the engine
coolant recovery reservoir, add
coolant as follows:
1. Locate the radiator cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5.
2. Cover the radiator cap with a
thick cloth and turn it slowly
counterclockwise and remove.
3. If there is no coolant visible or
the level is low, slowly fill the
system through the radiator cap
opening with a 50/50 mixture of
clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant until full.
Wait 30 seconds for the coolant
to settle and top off if the level
drops.
Do not spill coolant on the
accessory drive belts.
If a spill occurs, rinse the belt
with fresh water.
4. Start the engine.
5. With the engine idling, top off the
coolant through the radiator cap
opening until full.
Wait 30 seconds for the coolant
to settle and top off if the level
drops.
6. Once the system is full, put the
radiator cap back on by turning
clockwise.
7. Turn the engine off.
8. Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant recovery
reservoir and fill it until the level
is at the top mark on the dipstick
cap. Filling to this level provides
additional coolant to allow for
any air that may be left in the
cooling system.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-16 Vehicle Care
{Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating.
There is an engine coolant
temperature gauge on your vehicle's
instrument panel. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge on
page 5-9.
You may decide not to lift the hood
when this warning appears, but
instead get service help right away.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
If you do decide to lift the hood,
make sure the vehicle is parked on
a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, both fans
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced.
{Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.
If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.Stops after high-speed driving.
.Idles for long periods in traffic.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-17
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is
needed, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the windshield washer fluid reservoir
is full. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10-5 for reservoir
location.
{Caution
.Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
.Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
.When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
(Continued)
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-18 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
.Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for fluid
expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the tank
if it is completely full.
Brakes
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time when the vehicle
is moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
{Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be
required.
Brake Adjustment
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-19
installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
rear brakes —for the worse. The
braking performance expected can
change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 4 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
.A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
{Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5-14.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 4 brake fluid
from a sealed container. It is
recommended that the brake
hydraulic system be flushed and
refilled with new DOT 4 fluid at a
regular maintenance service every
two years. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2 and
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-20 Vehicle Care
{Warning
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.
{Caution
.Using the wrong fluid can
badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts
so badly that they will have to
be replaced. Do not let
someone put in the wrong
kind of fluid.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
.If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
Battery
The battery is in the trunk, behind a
trim panel, on the driver side of the
vehicle. Refer to the replacement
number shown on the original
battery label when a new battery is
needed.
{Warning
A specifically developed battery
with a ventilation system is
required for this vehicle. Any
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
other standard battery may cause
explosive gases to enter the trunk
or passenger compartment.
Do not remove the caps on the
top of the battery. The battery
supplied in the vehicle is
maintenance free and does not
require checking or filling.
The battery vent tube must be
installed correctly to ensure the
explosive gases are vented
outside the vehicle.
Only use a manufacturer
recommended battery as a
replacement.
{Warning
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
(Continued)
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-21
Warning (Continued)
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Vehicle Storage
{Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10-69 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Rear Axle
When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless you
suspect there is a leak or you hear
an unusual noise. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it
inspected and repaired.
How to Check Lubricant
1. Fill Plug Hole
2. Drain Plug Hole
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the filler plug hole, add some
lubricant. Add enough lubricant to
raise the level to the bottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use
To add lubricant when the level is
low or to completely refill after
draining, see Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11-12. Then
fill to the bottom of the fill plug hole
with the required lubricant.
Starter Switch Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-22 Vehicle Care
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins
to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
If equipped with a key type ignition,
while parked and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
.The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
.The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-23
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
.To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Front Wiper Blade
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For the proper type
and size, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11-13.
To replace the wiper blade
assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.
2. Squeeze the tabs on each side
of the wiper blade assembly and
slide the assembly off the end of
the wiper arm.
3. Install the new blade onto the
arm connector and make sure
the tabs are fully set in the
locked position.
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-24 Vehicle Care
be covered by your warranty. Do
not allow the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield.
4. Repeat the steps for the other
blade.
Windshield Replacement
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. If the vehicle has to have
the windshield replaced, get one
that is designed for HUD or the
HUD image may look out of focus.
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10-25.
For any bulb changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting
{Warning
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
technician service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-25
License Plate Lamp
Lamp Assembly
Bulb Assembly
1. Bulb Socket
2. Bulb
3. Lamp Assembly
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly toward the right.
2. Turn the lamp assembly down to
remove it.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket and
turn the bulb socket clockwise to
install it into the lamp assembly.
6. Turn the lamp assembly into the
lamp assembly opening
engaging the clip side first.
7. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp Bulb
Number
License
Plate Lamp
W5W
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-26 Vehicle Care
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.
Spare fuses of various ratings are
provided in the Engine
Compartment Fuse Block and Rear
Compartment Fuse Block.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-27
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To access the fuse block, remove
the clip-on cover.
Ensure the cover is replaced
securely.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-28 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
F1 Heated Mirrors
F2 Not Used
F3 Rear Defogger
F4 Not Used
F5 Spot Lamp Right
F6 Driver Power Seat
F7 Washer Pump
F8 Passenger
Power Seat
F9 EMER/ VEH/FT/LP
F10 Not Used
F11 Driving Lamps
F12 Headlamp Washer
F13 Spot Lamp Left
F14 ABS Pump
F15 ABS Valves
Fuses Usage
F16 Not Used
F17 Not Used
F18 Heated Front Seats
F19 Not Used
F20 Not Used
F21 Front Passenger
Window Switch
F22 Rear Wiper
F23 Sunroof
F24 Front Wipers
F25 Automatic Occupant
Sensing/Instrument
Cluster Ignition
F26 LRBEC Ignition
F27 Not Used
F28 Ignition/Injectors
Even-V8
F29 Engine Control
Module-V8, Ignition
Odd-V6/EMIS
Fuses Usage
F30 Not Used
F31 Not Used
F32 Fog Lamps
F33 Ignition-IP/BODY
F34 Fuel System Control
Module
F35 Not Used
F36 ESCL
F37 EMIS 2/Ignition
Even-V6
F38 Engine Control
Module-V6, Injectors/
Ignition Odd-V8
F39 INCLR Pump
F40 Not Used
F41 Transmission Control
Module/Electric
Power Steering
F42 Starter Motor
F43 Not Used
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-29
Fuses Usage
F44 Left HID Headlamp
F45 Right HID Headlamp
F46 Left & Right
High-Beam Headlamp
F47 Horn
F48 Engine Cooling Fan
F49 Automatic Headlamp
Leveling
F50 Transmission Control
Module Ignition
F51 Engine Control
Module Ignition
F52 Brake Vacuum Pump
F53 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch
F54 Vaporizer Control
Module
Relays
Relays Usage
R1 Driving Lamps
Relays Usage
R2 Headlamp Washer
R3 Rear Washer Pump
R4 Front Washer Pump
R5 Rear Defogger
R6 Front Wiper Control
R7 Wiper Speed
R8 Engine Control
Module
R9 Not Used
R10 INCLR Pump
R11 Not Used
R12 Rear Wiper Control
R13 Fog Lamps
R14 Low-Beam
Headlamps
R15 High-Beam
Headlamps
R16 Starter
R17 Run/Crank
Relays Usage
R18 Brake Vacuum Pump
R19 Air Conditioning
Control
R20 Horn
Relays R3, R4, R12, R13, and R20
are PCB mounted relays.
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-30 Vehicle Care
Removing the Fuse Panel Cover
Insert a screwdriver in the slot
indicated and remove the fuse panel
cover.
Refitting the Fuse Panel Cover
1. Insert the rear edge of the fuse
panel cover under the door seal.
2. Locate the hooks on the cover
into the end of the instrument
panel.
3. Rotate and push the cover back
into position.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-31
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown.
Fuses
Fuses Usage
F1 Body Control
Module 1
F2 Diagnostic Link
Connector
F3 LPG Shut-Off
Solenoid
F4 Body Control
Module 2
F5 Ignition Switch
F6 Electric Steering
Control Lock
CB7 Not Used
F8 Not Used
F9 Not Used
F10 Not Used
F11 Shunt 1
Fuses Usage
F12 Airbag/Automatic
Occupant Sensing
F13 Instrument Cluster
F14 HVAC Control Module
F15 Rain Sensor
F16 Body Control
Module 3
F17 LPG Shut-Off
Solenoid
F18 Not Used
F19 SWC Backlight
F20 Not Used
F21 Not Used
F22 Shunt 2
F23 Body Control
Module 4
F24 Body Control
Module 5
F25 Body Control
Module 6
Fuses Usage
CB26 Not Used
F27 Body Control
Module 8
F28 Blower Fan
F29 Accessories
F30 Body Control
Module 7
Relays
Relays Usage
R1 Logistics
R2 LPG Shut-Off
Solenoid
R3 LPG Shut-Off
Solenoid
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-32 Vehicle Care
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block
The fuse panel is on the left side of
the trunk, above the battery.
.Turn the catch counterclockwise
to unlatch the cover.
.To refit, replace the cover and
turn the catch clockwise to
secure.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-33
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown.
Fuses
Fuses Usage
F1 Driver Front/Left Rear
Window
F2 EMER/VEH/ACCY
F3 Trunk Release
F4 Passive Entry
Passive Start-BATT 2
F5 Radio
F6 Not Used
F7 Not Used
F8 Fuel System Control
Module
F9 MRTD
F10 Decklid Flashing
Lamps/EDI Module
F11 Auxiliary Battery
F12 Not Used
Fuses Usage
F13 Not Used
F14 Rear Seat
Entertainment
F15 Automatic Headlamp
Leveling
F16 Not Used
F17 Not Used
F18 OnStar
F19 Mirror/Window
Module
F20 Canister Vent
Solenoid
F21 Passive Entry
Passive Start-BATT 1
F22 Memory Seat Module
F23 Amplifier
F24 Passenger Front/
Right Rear Window
F25 Electric Parking Brake
F26 Tailgate Module
Fuses Usage
F27 Camera Ignition
F28 Front Vent Seat
Ignition
F29 Trailer Module Ignition
F30 Advanced Park
Assist/Side Blind
Zone Alert
F31 Engine Control
Module
F32 Auxiliary Gauges
F33 Retained Accessory
Power
F34 Battery Voltage
Sensing
F35 Tailgate Motor
F36 Rear Accessory
Power Outlet
F37 Interior Accessory
Power Outlet
F38 Cigar Lighter
F39 Not Used
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-34 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F40 Trailer Module
Relays
Relays Usage
R1 Trunk Release
R2 Accessory
R3 Not Used
R4 Run
R5 Not Used
R6 Retained Accessory
Power
R7 Logistics Mode
R8 Not Used
R9 Not Used
R10 Not Used
R11 Child Locks
Relays R1, R2, R3, and R5 are PCB
mounted relays.
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{Warning
.Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
.Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact —such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep
tires at the recommended
pressure.
(Continued)
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-35
Warning (Continued)
.Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the tread
is badly worn,
replace them.
.Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires on
page 10-49.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Low-Profile Tires
{Caution
Low-profile tires are more
susceptible to damage from road
hazards or curb impact than
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
wheel assembly damage can
occur when coming into contact
with road hazards like potholes,
or sharp edged objects, or when
sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of
(Continued)
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-36 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
when possible, avoid contact with
curbs, potholes, and other road
hazards.
Summer Tires
Ultra High Performance Summer
Tires
This vehicle may come with
245/40R19 and 275/35R19 ultra
high performance summer tires.
These tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread and
compound will have decreased
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. Driving a vehicle
with ultra high performance summer
tires when temperatures are below
approximately 5°C (40°F) is not
recommended. If driving in these
conditions, winter tires should be
installed. See Winter Tires on
page 10-35.
{Caution
Ultra high performance summer
tires have rubber compounds that
lose flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area
at temperatures below -7°C
(20°F). Always store ultra high
performance summer tires
indoors and at temperatures
above -7°C (20°F) when not in
use. If the tires have been
subjected to -7°C (20°F) or less,
let them warm up in a heated
space to at least 5°C (40°F) for
24 hours or more before being
installed or driving a vehicle on
which they are installed. Do not
apply heat or blow heated air
directly on the tires. Always
inspect tires before use. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-46.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size:The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size”illustration later in this
section for more detail.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-37
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation):The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture:The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG):Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10-51.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-38 Vehicle Care
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width:The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio:A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code:A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter:Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description:These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure:The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight:The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio:The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt:A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead:The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire:A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure:The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-39
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-41.
Curb Weight:The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings:A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR:Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10.
GAWR FRT:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
GAWR RR:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Intended Outboard Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa):The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index:An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating:The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight:The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight:The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
Occupant Distribution:
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall:The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-40 Vehicle Care
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure:Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-41 and
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Radial Ply Tire:A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim:A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall:The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating:An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction:The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread:The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators:Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10-48.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards):A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10-51.
Vehicle Capacity Weight:The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-41
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire:Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard:A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label”under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-10.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.Premature or
irregular wear.
.Poor handling.
.Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.Unusual wear.
.Poor handling.
.Rough ride.
.Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity.
For additional information
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-10. How
the vehicle is loaded affects
vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month
or more.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-42 Vehicle Care
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check the tire
pressure. Proper tire inflation
cannot be determined by looking
at the tire. Check the tire
inflation pressure when the tires
are cold, meaning the vehicle
has not been driven for at least
three hours or no more than
1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get the pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure in high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-43
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-43.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, including the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
The full-size spare includes a
sensor for the Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS). The TPMS will not
monitor or display the spare tire air
pressure until the tire/wheel is
installed at one of the four tire/wheel
positions on the vehicle and
matched to the new position.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire may display in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). The
low tire pressure warning light and
the DIC warning message,
if equipped, come on at each
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-44 Vehicle Care
ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, it may be
possible to view the tire pressure
levels. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5-21.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10-41.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition, but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10-46,Tire Rotation on
page 10-47, and Tires on
page 10-34.
{Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
use a GM approved liquid tire
sealant. Using non-approved tire
sealants could damage the TPMS
sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10-56 for
information regarding the inflator kit
materials and instructions.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light,
defined above, flashes for about
one minute and then stays on for
the remainder of the ignition cycle.
A DIC warning message may also
display. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message, if equipped,
come on at each ignition cycle until
the problem is corrected. Some of
the conditions that can cause these
to come on are:
.The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires or exchanging a
road tire with the spare tire. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-45
off after successfully completing
the sensor matching process.
See "TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go
off when the TPMS sensors are
installed and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for
service.
.Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10-49.
.Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message, if equipped,
come on and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go off
at the next ignition cycle. The
sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS
relearn tool, in the following order:
left front tire, right front tire, right
rear tire, and left rear tire. See your
dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool.
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Use the MENU button to select
the Vehicle Information Menu in
the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
the Tire Pressure Menu Item
screen.
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-46 Vehicle Care
5. Press and hold the SET/CLR
button to begin the sensor
matching process.
A message requesting
acceptance of the process may
display.
6. If requested, press the SET/CLR
button again to confirm the
selection.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
7. Start with the left front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
9. Proceed to the right front tire,
and repeat the procedure in
Step 8.
10. Proceed to the right rear tire,
and repeat the procedure in
Step 8.
11. Proceed to the left rear tire,
and repeat the procedure in
Step 8. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the left rear tire,
and the TPMS sensor matching
process is no longer active.
The TIRE LEARN or TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
on the DIC display screen
goes off.
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
13. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-47
.The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
The tires should be rotated
every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Tires are rotated to achieve
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires on page 10-48
and Wheel Replacement on
page 10-52.
Different tire sizes should not be
rotated front to rear.
Use this rotation pattern if the
vehicle has different size tires
on the front and rear.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure on page 10-41
and Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10-43.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque”under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12-2.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
(Continued)
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-48 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-46 and Tire
Rotation on page 10-47.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacturer date is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits
represent the week (01–52) and the
last two digits, the year. For
example, the third week of the year
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-49
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling on page 10-36, for
additional information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-47 for
information on proper tire
rotation. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.
Never exceed the winter tire's
maximum speed capability when
using winter tires with a lower
speed rating.
{Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-50 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes
(other than those originally
installed on the vehicle), brands,
or types may cause loss of
control of the vehicle, resulting in
a crash or other vehicle damage.
Use the correct size, brand, and
type of tire on all four wheels.
{Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-43.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10, for the label
location and more information
about the Tire and Loading
Information label.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
(Continued)
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-51
Warning (Continued)
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10-49 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10-2.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-52 Vehicle Care
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-53
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
{Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Tire Chains
{Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
(Continued)
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-54 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
control and a crash. Use another
type of traction device only if its
manufacturer recommends it for
the vehicle's tire size combination
and road conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive
slowly and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the rear tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
on page 10-34. If air goes out of a
tire, it is much more likely to leak
out slowly. But if there is ever a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
(Continued)
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-55
Warning (Continued)
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-3.
{Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
This vehicle may come with a jack
and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
equipment to change a spare tire
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing on
page 10-63. To use the tire sealant
and compressor kit, see Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10-56.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist you in the placement
of wheel blocks (1).
1. Wheel Block
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-56 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit
{Warning
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that
has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-21.
{Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended
pressure.
{Warning
Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
and on some vehicles there may not
be a place to store a tire.
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 inch) in
the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an under
inflated tire.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program on page 13-5.
Read and follow all of the tire
sealant and compressor kit
instructions.
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-57
The kit includes:
1. On/Off Switch
2. Pressure Gauge
3. Tire Sealant Canister
4. Air Only Hose
5. Sealant/Air Hose
6. Power Plug
Tire Sealant
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the sealant canister.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister”following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister”following.
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-3.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10-54 for other important
safety warnings.
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10-62.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose (5)
from the side of the compressor.
3. Remove the power plug (6).
4. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
5. Remove the valve stem cap from
the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-58 Vehicle Care
6. Attach the sealant/air hose (5)
onto the tire valve. Turn it
clockwise until it is tight.
7. Switch the on/off switch (1) to
the O position.
8. Plug the power plug (6) into the
power outlet in the vehicle.
Unplug all items from other
accessory power outlets. See
Power Outlets on page 5-4.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette
lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using the
air compressor.
10. Switch the on/off switch (1) to
the I position.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
Sealant may leak from the
puncture hole until the vehicle
is driven and the hole has
sealed.
The pressure gauge (2) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes
the sealant into the tire. Once
the sealant is completely
dispersed into the tire, the
pressure will quickly drop and
start to rise again as the tire
inflates with air only.
11. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (2). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-41.
The pressure gauge (2) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate pressure
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.
{Caution
If the recommended pressure
cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven
farther. The tire is too severely
damaged and the tire sealant and
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from
the tire valve. See Roadside
Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-59
12. Switch the on/off switch (1) to
the O position.
The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire.
Therefore, Steps 13–19 must
be done immediately after
Step 12.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
13. Unplug the power plug (6) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
14. Turn the sealant/air hose (5)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
15. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
16. Replace the sealant/air
hose (5), and the power plug (6
back in their original location.
17. If the flat tire was able to inflate
to the recommended inflation
pressure, remove the
maximum speed label from the
tire sealant canister (3) and
place it in a highly visible
location.
Do not exceed the speed on
this label until the damaged tire
is repaired or replaced.
18. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
19. Immediately drive the vehicle
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.
20. Stop at a safe location and
check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the
Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Tire (Not Punctured).”
If the tire pressure has fallen
more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving
the vehicle. The tire is too
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Assistance
Program on page 13-5.
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
21. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire or vehicle.
22. Dispose of the used tire
sealant canister (3) and
sealant/air hose (5) assembly
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-60 Vehicle Care
at a local dealer or in
accordance with local state
codes and practices.
23. Replace it with a new canister
available from your dealer.
24. After temporarily sealing a tire
using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the
vehicle to an authorized dealer
within 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced.
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit without Sealant to
Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured)
To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant:
1. On/Off Switch
2. Pressure Gauge
3. Tire Sealant Canister
4. Air Only Hose
5. Sealant/Air Hose
6. Power Plug
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-3.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10-54 for other important
safety warnings.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10-62.
2. Lift the lever and pull the air only
hose (4) from the bottom of the
tire sealant and compressor kit.
3. Remove the power plug (6) from
the air compressor.
4. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
5. Remove the tire valve stem cap
by turning it counterclockwise.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-61
6. Attach the air only hose (4) onto
the tire valve stem and press the
lever down to secure it.
7. Plug the power plug (6) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets on page 5-4.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette
lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
8. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using the
air compressor.
9. Switch the on/off switch (1) to
the I position.
The compressor will inflate the
tire with air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (2). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-41.
The pressure gauge (2) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate reading. The
compressor may be turned on/
off until the correct pressure is
reached.
11. Switch the on/off switch (1) to
the O position.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (6) and
the air only hose (4).
13. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
14. Place the equipment in the
original storage location in the
vehicle.
Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister
After repairing a tire, replace the tire
sealant canister.
To remove the sealant canister:
1. Unlock the air only hose (4) from
the tire sealant canister (3) by
pulling up on the lever.
2. Pull the air only hose (4) from
the tire sealant canister (3).
3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (5)
from the air compressor.
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-62 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the sealant canister (3)
counterclockwise so the sealant/
air hose (5) is aligned with the
slot in the compressor.
5. Lift the tire sealant canister (3)
from the compressor and
replace with a new tire sealant
canister. See your dealer for
more information.
6. Dispose of the tire sealant
canister at your dealer or in
accordance with local or State
codes and practices.
To install a new sealant canister:
1. Align the sealant/air hose (5)
with the slot in the compressor.
2. Push the tire sealant canister (3)
down and turn it clockwise.
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (5)
around the air compressor
channel to stow it in its original
location.
4. Push the air only hose (4) onto
the tire sealant canister (3) inlet
and push the lever down.
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit
The tire sealant and air compressor
kit is located in a foam container in
the trunk, under the floor carpet.
Black plate (63,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-63
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Jack
2. Wheel Wrench
1. Open the trunk.
2. Lift the cover with the handle/
strap and attach the hook to the
trunk lid.
3. Turn the retainer nut
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. Place the spare tire next to the
tire being changed.
Black plate (64,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-64 Vehicle Care
5. The vehicle may have a second
retainer nut and panel.
To access the tools, remove the
second retainer nut and panel.
6. Remove the tools and place
them near the tire being
changed.
Remove the tool container from
the vehicle, if necessary.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-54.
2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen all
the wheel nuts.
Do not remove the wheel nuts.
3. Place the jack near the flat tire.
4. Place the spare tire near you.
{Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Black plate (65,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-65
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
5. Unfold the wheel wrench so it
forms a right angle.
6. Slide the wheel wrench onto the
drive nut of the jack.
{Caution
Make sure that the jack lift head
is in the correct position or you
may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.
7. Position the jack lift head at the
jack location nearest the flat tire.
The locations are identified by
cutouts in the underside of the
door sill. The jack must not be
used in any other position.
Black plate (66,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-66 Vehicle Care
8. Raise the vehicle by turning the
jack handle clockwise. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough room
for the road tire to clear the
ground.
9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
10. Remove the flat tire.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
11. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
12. Place the spare tire on the
wheel-mounting surface.
Black plate (67,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-67
{Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
14. Lower the vehicle by turning
the jack handle
counterclockwise.
{Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
{Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications for
the wheel nut torque specification.
15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.
16. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
Black plate (68,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-68 Vehicle Care
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
Replace the jack, tools, container
and flat tire in the trunk by reversing
the steps used to remove them.
Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-41 and Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10 for information
regarding proper tire inflation and
loading the vehicle. For instructions
on how to remove, install, or store a
spare tire, see Tire Changing on
page 10-63.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare is correctly
inflated. The spare tire is made to
perform well at speeds up to
112 km/h (70 mph) at the
recommended inflation pressure, so
you can finish your trip.
The full-size spare includes a TPMS
sensor. The TPMS will not monitor
or display the spare tire air pressure
until the tire/wheel is installed at one
of the four tire/wheel positions on
the vehicle and matched to the new
position. See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-43 for
information about matching the
spare tire to the TPMS.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
together.
Black plate (69,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-69
Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10-20.
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
{Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.They contain acid that can
burn you.
.They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
{Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
1. Jump Start Positive Post
2. Jump Start Negative Post
The jump start positive (1) and
negative (2) posts are in the engine
compartment on the driver side of
the vehicle.
These posts are used instead of a
direct connection to the battery.
The positive jump start connection
is covered by a red cap. Remove to
expose the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
{Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
they are not touching.
Black plate (70,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-70 Vehicle Care
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
put the shift lever in P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-18.
{Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and switch off all lights and
accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
{Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
{Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the jump
start remote positive (+) post (1)
of the discharged battery.
Black plate (71,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-71
6. Connect the other end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery.
7. Connect one end of the black
negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the good
battery.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
remote negative (–) post (2).
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
{Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables
Towing the Vehicle
{Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
or hook to the chassis
components —including the front
and rear subframes, suspension
control arms, and links —during
towing and recovery of a disabled
vehicle, or when securing the
vehicle. Use the proper nylon
strap harnesses around the tires
to secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
could damage the vehicle.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
Black plate (72,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-72 Vehicle Care
There are 2 oval-shaped slots (1)
under the front of the vehicle that
should be used to move a disabled
vehicle. Use only these slots to
hook to the vehicle. The slots can
be accessed through the splash
shield. Use an appropriate size T
hook for the slot.
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
“Recreational Vehicle Towing”
following.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
{Caution
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the
vehicle may cause damage
because of reduced ground
clearance. Always put the vehicle
on a flatbed truck or trailer.
The vehicle was neither designed
nor intended to be towed with any of
its wheels on the ground. If the
vehicle must be towed, see Towing
the Vehicle on page 10-71.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
{Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
Black plate (73,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-73
Caution (Continued)
products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
{Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
This symbol eis on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
{Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
(Continued)
Black plate (74,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-74 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
{Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum. To prevent
damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
.Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
.Use a cleaning solution
approved for aluminum. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
.Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
.Do not use chrome cleaners.
.Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
.Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating.
Use only lukewarm water, a soft
cloth, and mild car washing soap to
clean exterior lamps and lenses. Do
not clean or wipe them while they
are dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.Abrasive or caustic agents.
.Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.
Black plate (75,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-75
.Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.
.Ice scrapers or other hard items.
.Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
{Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on
page 11-12.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
{Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Black plate (76,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-76 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Trim —Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
{Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.
{Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Door Drain Holes
.Clear dirt and other foreign
materials from the drain holes at
the bottom of the door panels
which could trap water inside the
panels.
.Clean clogged drain holes.
.Avoid scratching the finish.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose or
Black plate (77,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-77
missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year. Inspect the power
steering for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually
check constant velocity joint, boots
and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, Spring and
Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
Your dealer or an underbody car
washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can
develop.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. Refer to “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently
transfer color to the vehicle's
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer may have products for
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. Apply all
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
Black plate (78,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-78 Vehicle Care
on any switches or controls.
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to
remain on the surface being
cleaned for extended periods
of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the doors and
windows.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.Never rub any surface
aggressively or with excessive
pressure.
.Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
.Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water.
{Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just
water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Black plate (79,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-79
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating brush attachment is being
used during vacuuming, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
gently remove as much of the soil
as possible using one of the
following techniques:
.Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is recommended
to prevent lint transfer to the
fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
{Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the warranty.
Black plate (80,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-80 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
{Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot
removers. Do not use cleaners
that contain silicone or wax-based
products. Cleaners containing
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
these solvents can permanently
change the appearance and feel
of leather or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
{Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Black plate (81,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Vehicle Care 10-81
Floor Mats
{Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage (if equipped):
.The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
.Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Black plate (82,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
10-82 Vehicle Care
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14
General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
{Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services.
Normal vehicle maintenance is for
vehicles that:
.Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10.
.Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel on
page 9-46.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
.Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
.Frequently towing a trailer.
.Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
.Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
{Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10-3.
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil on page 10-6.
Once a Month
.Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-41.
.Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-46.
.Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-17.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system might not
indicate the need for vehicle service
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-3
for more than a year. The engine oil
and filter must be changed at least
once a year and the oil life system
must be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-8.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-47.
.Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-8.
.Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant on page 10-12.
.Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-17.
.Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10-72. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10-23.
.Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10-41.
.Check spare wheel retainer.
If loose, tighten with a torque
wrench to 4.5 +/−0.5 Y.
.Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-46.
.Visually check for fluid leaks.
.Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-10.
.Inspect brake system.
.Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care on
page 10-72.
.Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3-12.
.Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
.Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10-72.
.Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check on page 10-21.
.Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10-22.
.Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10-22.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-4 Service and Maintenance
.Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10-23.
.Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @@@
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable. @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @@@
Replace brake fluid. (6) @@@@@
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-11.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every two years, whichever
comes first.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @@@
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable. @@@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @@@
Replace brake fluid. (6) @@@@@
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-11.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every two years, whichever
comes first.
Special Application
Services
.Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.
.Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
on page 10-72.
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services —their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Battery
The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
.To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12 for GM
approved fluids.
.Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care on
page 10-77 and Exterior Care on
page 10-72.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1
®
specification of the proper
SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended.
See Engine Oil on page 10-6.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-12.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Rear Axle Castrol SAF Carbon Modified SAE 75W/85 API GL5 Differential Oil (GM
Part No. 92184900).
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668) or lubricant meeting
requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770) or Dielectric Silicone
Grease (GM Part No. 12345579).
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Numbers ACDelco Part Numbers
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 92066873 A3149C
Engine Oil Filter 89017524 PF48
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 92184248 CF182
Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 92219233 —
Passenger Side 92219234 —
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the rear load floor,
behind the spare tire tub, has the
following information:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Model designation.
.Paint information.
.Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Application Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
type and amount, see the refrigerant label under
the hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System 10.5 L 11.0 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank 71 L 19 gal
Rear Axle Fluid 1.25 L 1.3 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
6.2L V8 (LS3) W Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm
(0.037–0.043 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
12-4 Technical Data
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-1
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program .................... 13-5
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 13-5
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Courtesy Transportation
Program .................... 13-7
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14
OnStar
®
.................... 13-14
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.Dealership name and location.
.Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE —U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line
®
Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE —Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-4 Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail
Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience is a one-stop resource
that allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.
Membership Benefits
E(Vehicle Information):
Download owner manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G(Maintenance Information):
View maintenance schedules,
required alerts, OnStar onboard
vehicle diagnostic information, and
schedule service appointments.
I(Service History): View
printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.
D(Preferred Dealer
Information): Select a preferred
dealer and view dealer location,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.
J(Warranty Tracking
Information): Track the vehicle’s
warranty information.
J(Recall Information): View
active recalls or search by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
on page 12-1.
H(Other Account Information):
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
radio, and OnStar account
information.
F(Live Chat Support): Chat live
with online help representatives.
Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-5
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner
Centre:
.Chat live with online help
representatives.
.Use the Vehicle Tools section.
.Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.
.Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
.Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.
.Download the owner manual for
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
.Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services for your
vehicle.
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.Telephone number of your
location.
.Location of the vehicle.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-6 Customer Information
.Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.
.Description of the problem.
Coverage
Services are provided up to 5 years/
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
times.
Services Provided
.Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.Legal fines.
.Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
.Towing or services for vehicles
driven on a non-public road or
highway.
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is approximately $5 Canadian.
Diesel fuel delivery may be
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-7
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
250 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify.
General Motors of Canada
Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
.Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-8 Customer Information
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
to minimize inconvenience by
providing several transportation
options. Depending on the
circumstances, your dealer can offer
one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Shuttle service is the preferred
means of offering Courtesy
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
destination with minimal interruption
of your daily schedule. This includes
one-way or round-trip shuttle service
within reasonable time and distance
parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If the vehicle requires overnight
warranty repairs, and public
transportation is used instead of
your dealer's shuttle service, the
expense must be supported by
original receipts and can only be up
to the maximum amount allowed by
GM for shuttle service. In addition,
for U.S. customers, should you
arrange transportation through a
friend or relative, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information regarding the allowance
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
or other transportation costs.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
Your dealer may arrange to provide
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
for an overnight warranty repair.
Rental reimbursement will be limited
and must be supported by original
receipts. This requires that you sign
and complete a rental agreement
and meet state/provincial, local, and
rental vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
You are responsible for fuel usage
charges and may also be
responsible for taxes, levies, usage
fees, excessive mileage, or rental
usage beyond the completion of the
repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Please contact your
dealer for specific information about
availability. All Courtesy
Transportation arrangements will be
administered by appropriate dealer
personnel.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-9
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-10 Customer Information
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
Gather the following information:
.Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.Driver license number.
.Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
.Vehicle license plate number.
.Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Insurance company and policy
number.
.General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts”earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3-19.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-11
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday –Friday
8:00 AM –6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-12 Customer Information
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail
Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-14 Customer Information
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
.Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar
®
and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
Customer Information 13-15
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
Infotainment System
Using the navigation system may
result in the storage of destinations,
addresses, telephone numbers, and
other trip information. See the
infotainment manual for information
on stored data and for deletion
instructions.
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences such
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitters for remote door locking/
unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
comply with Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
13-16 Customer Information
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
OnStar 14-1
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar Overview
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services.
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.Solid Green: System is ready.
.Flashing Green: On a call.
.Red: Indicates a problem.
Press Qor call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press =to:
.Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
.Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
.Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
Requires the available Directions
and Connections service plan.
Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor to:
.Verify account information or
update contact information.
.Get driving directions. Requires
the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
.Receive On-Demand
Diagnostics for a check of the
vehicle’s key operating systems.
.Receive Roadside Assistance.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency button
>to get a priority connection to an
Emergency Advisor available
24/7 to:
.Get help for an emergency.
.Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis and
evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
With Automatic Crash Response,
the built-in system can automatically
connect to help in most crashes,
even if help cannot be requested.
Press >to connect to an
Emergency Advisor. GPS
technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
critical information to emergency
personnel. The Advisor is also
trained to offer critical assistance in
emergency situations.
Security
OnStar provides services like Stolen
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if equipped. OnStar can unlock the
vehicle doors remotely, if equipped
with automatic door locks, and can
help police locate the vehicle if it is
stolen.
Navigation
OnStar navigation requires the
Directions and Connections
service plan.
Press Qto receive directions or
have them sent to the vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped.
Destinations can also be forwarded
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
The OnStar mapping database is
continuously updated. For coverage
maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor.
2. Request directions.
3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone. Say
“Cancel route.”System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
2. Say “Yes.”System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.”System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.”System responds
with the last direction given, then
responds with “OnStar ready,”
then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
Other Navigation Services
Available from OnStar
OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from
MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn
Navigation or screen-based
navigation system. When ready, the
directions will be downloaded to the
vehicle.
Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation system in the vehicle.
After the call ends, press the “Go”
button on the navigation screen to
begin driving directions.
If directions are downloaded to the
navigation system, the route can
only be canceled through the
navigation system.
Destinations can also be
downloaded on the go. For
information about eNav, Destination
Download, and coverage maps see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
calls to be made and received from
the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
controlled through the OnStar
RemoteLink
®
mobile app. For
coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
14-4 OnStar
OnStar Mobile App
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple
®
,
Android™, and BlackBerry
®
devices
to check vehicle fuel level, oil life,
or tire pressure; to start the vehicle
(if equipped) or unlock it; or to
connect to an OnStar Advisor. For
OnStar RemoteLink information and
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Hands-Free Calling
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Please say the name or number
to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1”and the
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.”
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Please say the name or number
to call.”
3. Say “911”without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.”System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”
Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.”System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.
End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Store a Name Tag for Speed
Dialing
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Store.”System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store <name
tag>. Does that sound OK?”
5. Say “Yes”or say “No”to try
again. System responds: “OK,
storing <name tag>.”
Place a Call Using a Stored
Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call <name tag>.”System
responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
OnStar 14-5
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press =and say “Minutes”then
“Verify”to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
Diagnostics
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will
perform a vehicle check every
month. It will check the engine,
transmission, antilock brakes, and
major vehicle systems. It also
checks the tire pressures, if the
vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If an
On-Demand Diagnostics check is
needed between e-mails, press Q,
and an Advisor can run a check.
OnStar Additional
Information
Transferring Service
Press Qto request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can assist in canceling or removing
account information. If OnStar
receives information that vehicle
ownership has changed, OnStar
may send a voice message to the
vehicle, requesting updated account
information.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Qand follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible after acquiring the vehicle.
The Advisor will update vehicle
records and will explain the OnStar
service offers and options available.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions:
.Call 888-4-ONSTAR
(888-466-7827).
.See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
.Press Qto speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
14-6 OnStar
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
OnStar service cannot work unless
your vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area, and the wireless
service provider has coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
service. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar service may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems beyond the
control of OnStar may prevent
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press Qfor help with:
.Locating a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.Providing directions to the
closest hospital or pharmacy in
urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to the deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all of the OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
(Canada)
The website provides access to
account information, allows
management of the OnStar
subscription, and viewing of videos
of each service. Get subscription
plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
“My Account”tab on the home
page. The website navigation and
services provided may vary by
country.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some of
the OnStar services, like Remote
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
Assistance. You will be prompted to
change the PIN the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
OnStar 14-7
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar
and provide the Advisor with the
current number.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The
manufacturer of the vehicle
furnishes detailed warranty
information.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Qand ask an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days.
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a
locksmith to help gain access to the
vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels,
underpasses, or parking
garages; or in an area with very
dense trees. If GPS signals are
not available, the OnStar system
should still operate to call
OnStar. However, OnStar could
have difficulty identifying the
exact location.
.In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
.A temporary loss of GPS can
cause loss of the ability to send
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
The Advisor may give a verbal
route or may ask for a call back
after the vehicle is driven into an
open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Avoid placing items over or near the
antenna to prevent blocking cellular
and GPS signal reception. Cellular
reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Qto try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
14-8 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9-50. Added
electrical equipment may interfere
with the operation of the OnStar
system and cause it to not operate.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - libcurl and unzip
acknowledgments
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software. Below
are the notices and licenses
associated with this software:
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,”WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
OnStar 14-9
should be available at
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP”is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,
Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary or
disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing ports
with new graphical interfaces,
and dynamic, shared, or static
library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP”(or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ”or
“MacZip”without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such
altered versions are further
prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
14-10 OnStar
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip”for its own source
and binary releases.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
INDEX i-1
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Additional Information
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-10
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Airbag System (cont'd)
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-15
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 5-11
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Alert
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-42
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
Audio System
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
i-2 INDEX
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-23
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Brake
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-14
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-25
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
C
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-11
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Ignition
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-22
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-34
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39, 3-41
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . 9-31
Compressor Kit, Tire
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Connections
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
INDEX i-3
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . 5-9
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14
Database Coverage
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Destination Download,
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Destination, Navigation . . . . . . . . 7-48
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Diagnostics
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Door (cont'd)
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . 3-7
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-35
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-18
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-10
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
i-4 INDEX
E
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-15
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Emergency
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . 5-9
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Cooling System Messages . . .5-27
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
Engine (cont'd)
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . .10-9
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Fog Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Front Seats
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-47
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-19
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
INDEX i-5
Fuel (cont'd)
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Requirements, California . . . . .9-47
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
G
Gasoline
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Global Positioning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
H
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-20
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-20
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
I
If the System Needs Service . . . 7-68
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Info
Quick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
i-6 INDEX
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-17
Internet Radio
Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-29
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-36
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-12
Lamps (cont'd)
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-14
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-15
Lights (cont'd)
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-16
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Service Electric Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . .5-14
StabiliTrak
®
OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
. . . . . . . . . .5-18
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
INDEX i-7
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-19
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-12
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Menu
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-60
Messages
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-27
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Object Detection System . . . . .5-29
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Messaging
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-82
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-17
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
N
Navigation
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-46
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
i-8 INDEX
O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .10-8
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-26
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
OnStar
®
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
OnStar
®
Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar
®
Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar
®
Destination
Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
OnStar
®
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar
®
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar
®
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar
®
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar
®
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Overview, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
P
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . 7-22
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Parking
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-23
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-20
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-2
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-75
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-18
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Problems with Route
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
INDEX i-9
Q
Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Rearview Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2, 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-26
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-13
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Ride Control Systems
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-32
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-13
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-12
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
i-10 INDEX
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Seats
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-6
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-3
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39, 3-41
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Storage Areas
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
INDEX i-11
Symbols, Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 13-15
System Needs Service . . . . . . . . 7-68
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-15
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Tires
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-43
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Tires (cont'd)
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-42
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Sealant and Compressor
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-52
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Towing
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-72
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Track Events and
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak
®
Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-32
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Trailer
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-6014851) - 2014 -
1st Edition - 8/22/13
i-12 INDEX
U
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Updates
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-68
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-66
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-17
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-62
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Viewing
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-44
Warning Light
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-32
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-23

Navigation menu